WO2020121822A1 - Liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020121822A1
WO2020121822A1 PCT/JP2019/046532 JP2019046532W WO2020121822A1 WO 2020121822 A1 WO2020121822 A1 WO 2020121822A1 JP 2019046532 W JP2019046532 W JP 2019046532W WO 2020121822 A1 WO2020121822 A1 WO 2020121822A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
liquid crystal
alkyl group
coo
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/046532
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
平田 真一
小川 真治
宗矩 櫻井
僚 神田
省二 船倉
竜史 山崎
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to CN201980066174.9A priority Critical patent/CN112823309A/en
Priority to JP2020533858A priority patent/JPWO2020121822A1/en
Publication of WO2020121822A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020121822A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/16Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. stilbenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/42Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device.
  • Liquid crystal display devices are being used for various electrical appliances for home use, measuring instruments, automobile panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, etc., including clocks and calculators.
  • Typical liquid crystal display methods are TN (twisted nematic) type, STN (super twisted nematic) type, DS (dynamic light scattering) type, GH (guest host) type, IPS (in-plane switching) type.
  • Type OCB (optical compensation birefringence) type, ECB (voltage controlled birefringence) type, VA (vertical alignment) type, CSH (color super homeotropic) type, FLC (ferroelectric liquid crystal) and the like. ..
  • the conventional static drive is becoming more common, and the multiplex drive is becoming common, and the simple matrix system, and recently, the active matrix (AM) system driven by a TFT (thin film transistor), TFD (thin film diode), etc. has become the mainstream. ing.
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • TFD thin film diode
  • a transparent electrode layer (a common electrode) between two substrates (1) each having an alignment film (4) is used as a common electrode.
  • These substrates are arranged so that the alignment films face each other, and the liquid crystal layer ( 5) is sandwiched.
  • the color filter layer is composed of a black matrix, a red color layer (R), a green color layer (G), a blue color layer (B), and, if necessary, a yellow color layer (Y).
  • a pigment dispersion resist in which a pigment is finely dispersed is used.
  • dyes are inferior in heat resistance to pigments, and there is a concern that they may decompose during the baking process of the polyimide alignment film in conventional liquid crystal display devices.
  • a dye is used for the color filter layer, it is expected that impurities will affect the liquid crystal layer.
  • Phenoxyether-substituted phthalocyanine dyes (Patent Document 1), triarylmethane dyes (Patent Document 2), xanthene dyes (Patent Document 3) and the like are disclosed as dyes, and these are used for color filters.
  • Patent Document 1 Phenoxyether-substituted phthalocyanine dyes
  • Patent Document 2 triarylmethane dyes
  • Patent Document 3 xanthene dyes
  • the alignment film layer was located between the color filter layer and the liquid crystal layer and prevented the impurities from seeping out from these members to some extent.However, since the liquid crystal display device does not have an alignment film, the alignment imparting component and Impurities contained in the color filter layer via the transparent electrode may cause display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and burn-in due to a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • the present invention uses a color filter using a specific liquid crystal composition and a specific dye/pigment in a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film, and is thus included in the dye/pigment decomposition and dye/pigment in the liquid crystal display device manufacturing process
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • the present inventors have proposed a combination of a coloring material such as a dye or pigment for forming a color filter and an alignment aid for imparting alignment to liquid crystal molecules in a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film.
  • a liquid crystal display device using a color filter using a dye/pigment having a specific structure prevents a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer and causes display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and burn-in.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • the present invention is It is composed of a first substrate and a second substrate arranged to face each other, a liquid crystal layer filled between the first substrate and the second substrate, a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel portion. And a color filter,
  • the liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I)
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (II) is contained in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—.
  • % By weight Contains an orientation aid,
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion contains one or more selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and oil-soluble red organic dyes in the R pixel portion as a coloring material, and the G pixel portion contains halogenated compounds.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of a phthalocyanine pigment, a phthalocyanine-based green dye, a mixture of a phthalocyanine-based blue dye and an azo-yellow organic dye, and selected in the B pixel portion from an ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine pigment and a cationic blue organic dye which does not include an alignment film on the surface of at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate, and which contains one or more of
  • a liquid crystal display device having an alignment control layer formed from the polymer.
  • FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing an embodiment of a liquid crystal display element. It is the top view which expanded the area
  • FIG. 1 An example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is shown in FIG.
  • a color filter containing a transparent electrode layer (3a) serving as a common electrode and a specific pigment and a specific compound on one of two substrates (1) having no alignment film, a first substrate and a second substrate.
  • a liquid crystal layer (5a) comprising a layer (2a), a pixel electrode layer (3b) on the other substrate, and a specific liquid crystal composition and an alignment aid for imparting alignment to liquid crystal molecules between these substrates. It is constituted by sandwiching.
  • the two substrates in the display device are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material arranged in a peripheral region, and in many cases, they are formed by a granular spacer or a photolithography method in order to maintain a distance between the substrates. Spacer columns made of resin are arranged.
  • the liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I)
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (II) is contained in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—
  • B and C may each independently be fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention contains 10 to 50% by weight of the compound represented by the general formula (I), preferably 12 to 48% by weight, and 14 to 45% by weight. Is more preferable.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, in which case an alkyl group having 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 2, 4 or 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 2 is More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms is 50 in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably at least wt%, more preferably at least 70 wt%, and even more preferably at least 80 wt%.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms is 50% in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably not less than 70% by weight, more preferably not less than 70% by weight, further preferably not less than 80% by weight, most preferably not more than 100% by weight.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (Ia) to the general formula (Ig) described below.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (I) Similar embodiments are preferred.
  • general formulas (Ia) to (If) general formula (Ia), general formula (Ib), and general formula (Ic) are preferable, and general formula (Ia) and general formula (Ib) are more preferable.
  • the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) are preferable, and it is more preferable to use the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) in combination.
  • the general formula (Ia) is preferable.
  • the content of the compounds represented by the general formula (Ia), the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) is 80% by weight or more in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably 90% by weight or more, more preferably 95% by weight or more, and most preferably 100% by weight.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Ia) is 65% by weight to 100% by weight in the compound represented by the general formula (I), and the content of the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) is The content of the compound represented by general formula (I) is 0 wt% to 35 wt% in the compound represented by general formula (I), or the content of the compound represented by general formula (Ia) is The content of the compound represented by the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) is 0 to 10% by weight in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight in the compound.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain the compound represented by the general formula (I-1) in an amount of 0 to 35% by weight, more preferably 0 to 32% by weight, and Preferably, the content may be 1 to 30% by weight.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or Represents an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms
  • R 1 preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or carbon.
  • R 1 preferably represents an alkyl group, in which case an alkyl group having 1, 3 or 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • R 2 preferably represents an alkoxy group having 1, 2 or 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I-1) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I-1h) to the general formula (I-1k) described below.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (II) in an amount of 35 to 80% by weight, preferably 40 to 75% by weight, and 42 to 70% by weight. Is more preferable.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and B and C may each independently be fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene.
  • R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferable to represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • it represents an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms. Particularly preferably, it most preferably represents an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon atom. More preferably, it represents an alkoxy group of the formula 2-4.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH. 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O- is represented by a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -OCF. 2 - or preferably representing a -CF 2 O-, single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 - or more preferably represents -CH 2 O-.
  • n and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and m+n is preferably 1 to 3 and preferably 1 to 2.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain 3 to 10 kinds of the compound represented by the general formula (II), preferably 4 to 9 kinds, and preferably 5 to 8 kinds. It is preferable to contain.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Z 5 is a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2
  • m1 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 3 preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, Z 5 is a single bond, —CH 2 It is preferably CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, more preferably a single bond or —CH 2 O—.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably contains the compound represented by the general formula (II-1) in an amount of 3% by weight to 60% by weight, preferably 5% by weight to 55% by weight.
  • the content is preferably 50% by weight to 50% by weight, particularly preferably 10% by weight to 40% by weight.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain one or more compounds represented by formula (II-1), but preferably contains one to six compounds. It is preferable to contain 5 to 5 kinds, preferably 3 kinds or 4 kinds.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 4a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1).
  • R 4a is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1).
  • R 4a is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
  • the general formulas (II-1a) to (II-1d) are preferable in order to increase the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy. And the general formula (II-1a) is preferable.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formulas (II-1a) to (II-1d), and preferably contains one or two compounds. And preferably contains one or two compounds represented by general formula (II-1a).
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 4b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1).
  • R 4b is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1).
  • R 4b is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
  • the general formulas (II-1e) to (II-1f) are preferable in order to increase the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy. ..
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • Z 6 and Z 7 are each independently a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 Represents a —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and D may be a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group Alternatively, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, and m2 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  • R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Z 6 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—. Is preferred, and a single bond or —CH 2 O— is more preferred.
  • Z 7 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—. Is preferred, and more preferably a single bond or —CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (II-2), more preferably one to six compounds. It is more preferable to contain 3 to 4 kinds, and it is particularly preferable to contain 3 or 4 kinds.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 4c represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • An embodiment similar to R 3 and R 4 in 2) is preferable.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2).
  • R 4c is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2).
  • R 4c is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
  • the general formula (II-2a) to (II-2d) are preferable for increasing the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy.
  • the general formula (II-2a) is preferable.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 4d represents the number of carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2).
  • R 4d is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2).
  • R 4d is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2).
  • R 4d is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon atom.
  • An alkyl group having 2 or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) is preferably 75% by weight to 100% by weight, and 80% by weight to 100% by weight. It is preferably in the range of 80% by weight, preferably in the range of 80% by weight to 95% by weight, more preferably in the range of 80% by weight to 100% by weight, and preferably in the range of 95% by weight to 100% by weight.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may further contain a compound represented by the general formula (III).
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • 8 is an alkenyloxy group
  • D, E and F are each independently a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene
  • Z 2 is a single bond.
  • n represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (III) is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 20%, preferably 2 to 15%, and more preferably 4 to 10%.
  • D, E and F each independently represent a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, but 2-fluoro-1 , 4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene is preferred, and 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group Alternatively, a 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is more preferable, and a 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferable.
  • R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • D represents trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, it preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group or carbon having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • D represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be substituted with fluorine
  • D preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 or 5 carbon atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 carbon atoms, and it is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 8 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • F represents trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, it is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group or carbon having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • F represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be fluorine-substituted
  • F preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 or 5 carbon atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • F represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be fluorine-substituted
  • it preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 or 5 carbon atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 7 and R 8 represent an alkenyl group
  • D or F to be bonded represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be fluorine-substituted, it has 4 or 5 carbon atoms.
  • the following structure is preferable as the alkenyl group.
  • Z 2 is a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - OCO - , - CH 2 O- or represents a -COO-, single bond, represent a -CH 2 O-or -COO- Is preferred, and a single bond is more preferred.
  • n 0, 1 or 2, but preferably 0 or 1.
  • Z 2 represents a substituent other than a single bond, it is preferably 1;
  • the compound represented by the general formula (III) has the following general formulas (III-1c) to (III-1e) from the viewpoint of increasing the negative dielectric anisotropy.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferable, and from the viewpoint of increasing the response speed, the compounds represented by the general formulas (III-1f) to (III-1j) are preferable.
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. (Although it represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 atoms, an embodiment similar to R 7 and R 8 in the general formula (III) is preferable.)
  • n 2
  • the compound represented by the general formula (III) is represented by the general formula (III-2a) to the general formula (III-2h) from the viewpoint of increasing the negative dielectric anisotropy.
  • the compound represented by formula (II-2j) to formula (III-21) is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the response speed.
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. (Although it represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 atoms, an embodiment similar to R 7 and R 8 in the general formula (III) is preferable.)
  • the compound represented by the general formula (III) is preferably the compound represented by the general formula (III-3b) from the viewpoint of increasing the response speed.
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 8 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can use a nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T ni ) in a wide range, but is preferably 60 to 120° C., and 70 To 100°C is more preferable, and 70 to 85°C is particularly preferable.
  • T ni nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • the dielectric anisotropy at 25° C. is preferably ⁇ 2.0 to ⁇ 6.0, more preferably ⁇ 2.5 to ⁇ 5.0, and ⁇ 2.5 to ⁇ 4. Particularly preferably 0.
  • the refractive index anisotropy at 25° C. is preferably 0.08 to 0.13, more preferably 0.09 to 0.12. More specifically, it is preferably 0.10 to 0.12 when it corresponds to a thin cell gap, and 0.08 to 0.10 when it corresponds to a thick cell gap.
  • the rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1) is preferably 150 or less, more preferably 130 or less, and particularly preferably 120 or less.
  • Z which is a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy, has a specific value.
  • Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is required to have a specific resistance of 10 12 ( ⁇ cm) or more when used for an active matrix display element, and 10 13 ( ⁇ cm) is preferable. It is more preferably 10 14 ( ⁇ cm) or more.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain a usual nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a polymerizable monomer, etc., in addition to the above-mentioned compounds. good.
  • the polymerizable monomer preferably contains a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (P).
  • the polymerizable compound has a function of imparting a predetermined pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules.
  • the liquid crystal composition may contain two or more kinds of this polymerizable compound.
  • R p1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or —Sp p2 —P p2 .
  • one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — present in the alkyl group are each independently —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO. It may be substituted with -or -OCO-.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms present in the alkyl group may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • P p1 and P p2 each independently represent one of the following general formulas (P p1 -1) to formula (P p1 -9).
  • R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, Represents —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —CH 2 —, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2, but R p11 , R p12 , W p11 and/or t p11 are in the molecule. When there are a plurality of them, they may be the same or different.) Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group.
  • a p1 , A p2 and A p3 are each independently (A p )1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in this group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other may be substituted with —O—.
  • m p1 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • a p3 is the m p1 is 0, is a group A p1 is represented by group (c p), may be a single bond.
  • R p1 is preferably —Sp p2 —P p2 .
  • P p1 and P p2 are each independently one of the formulas (P p1 -1) to (P p1 -3), and more preferably (P p1 -1).
  • R p11 and R p12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • tp11 is preferably 0 or 1.
  • W p11 is preferably a single bond, —CH 2 — or —C 2 H 4 —.
  • m p1 is preferably 0, 1 or 2, and is preferably 0 or 1.
  • Z p1 and Z p2 existing in the molecule is —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —(CH 2 ) 2 —COO—, —(CH 2 ) 2 It is preferably a linking group selected from the group consisting of —OCO—, —O—CO—(CH 2 ) 2 —, and —COO—(CH 2 ) 2 —, and all others are single bonds.
  • Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group, and the spacer group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is substituted with —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH ⁇ CH— or —C ⁇ C— unless oxygen atoms are directly linked.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be replaced with a halogen atom.
  • Sp p1 and Sp p2 are preferably each independently a linear alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a single bond.
  • a p1 , A p2, and A p3 are each independently preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, and more preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • the 1,4-phenylene group is preferably substituted with one fluorine atom, one methyl group or one methoxy group in order to improve the compatibility with liquid crystal molecules (liquid crystal compounds).
  • the amount of the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 8% by mass, and 0.1 to 5% by mass. It is more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, further preferably 0.2 to 2% by mass, further preferably 0.2 to 1.3% by mass, and 0. It is particularly preferably 0.2 to 1% by mass, and most preferably 0.2 to 0.56% by mass.
  • the preferable lower limit values thereof are 0.01% by mass, 0.03% by mass, 0.05% by mass, 0.08% by mass, 0.1% by mass and 0.15% by mass. %, 0.2% by mass, 0.25% by mass, and 0.3% by mass.
  • the preferable upper limit values are 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 5% by mass, 3% by mass, 1.5% by mass, 1.2% by mass, and 1% by mass. %, 0.8% by mass, and 0.5% by mass.
  • the amount of the polymerizable compound When the amount of the polymerizable compound is small, the effect of adding the polymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition is difficult to appear, and for example, depending on the type of the liquid crystal molecule or the alignment aid, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecule is weak or weak with time. Problems such as being lost may occur. On the other hand, if the amount of the polymerizable compound is too large, for example, depending on the illuminance of ultraviolet rays, the amount of the polymerizable compound remaining after curing increases, the curing takes time, and the reliability of the liquid crystal composition decreases. There may be problems. Therefore, it is preferable to set the amount of the polymerizable compound in consideration of these balances.
  • Preferred examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-1-1) to (P-1-46).
  • P p11 , P p12 , Sp p11, and Sp p12 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1, and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
  • polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) also include the polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-2-1) to (P-2-12).
  • P p21 , P p22 , Sp p21, and Sp p22 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1, and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
  • preferable examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) also include the polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-3-1) to (P-3-15).
  • P p31 , P p32 , Sp p31, and Sp p32 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1, and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
  • polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) also include the polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-4-1) to (P-4-19).
  • P p41 , P p42 , Sp p41 and Sp p42 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1 and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
  • a polymerization initiator may be contained in order to accelerate the polymerization.
  • the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides and the like.
  • a stabilizer may be added to improve storage stability.
  • stabilizers examples include hydroquinones, hydroquinone monoalkyl ethers, tert-butylcatechols, pyrogallols, thiophenols, nitro compounds, ⁇ -naphthylamines, ⁇ -naphthols, and nitroso compounds. Be done.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the present invention is useful for a liquid crystal display device, and includes AM-LCD (active matrix liquid crystal display device), TN (nematic liquid crystal display device), STN-LCD (super twisted nematic liquid crystal display device), OCB-LCD and It is useful for an IPS-LCD (in-plane switching liquid crystal display element), but is particularly useful for an AM-LCD, and can be used for a PSA mode, PSVA mode, VA mode, IPS mode or ECB mode liquid crystal display element.
  • AM-LCD active matrix liquid crystal display device
  • TN nematic liquid crystal display device
  • STN-LCD super twisted nematic liquid crystal display device
  • OCB-LCD OCB-LCD
  • the alignment aid is a member (electrode (for example, ITO), substrate (for example, glass substrate, acrylic substrate, transparent substrate, flexible substrate, or the like)) that directly contacts the liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition, resin layer (for example, color filter). , An alignment film, an overcoat layer, etc.) and an insulating film (for example, an inorganic material film, SiNx, etc.) and induce a homeotropic alignment of liquid crystal molecules contained in the liquid crystal layer.
  • electrode for example, ITO
  • substrate for example, glass substrate, acrylic substrate, transparent substrate, flexible substrate, or the like
  • resin layer for example, color filter
  • an insulating film for example, an inorganic material film, SiNx, etc.
  • the alignment aid induces alignment of the liquid crystal molecules, a polymerizable group for polymerization, a mesogenic group similar to the liquid crystal molecules, an adsorption group (polar group) capable of interacting with a member that directly contacts the liquid crystal layer. It is preferable to have an orientation-inducing group.
  • the adsorption group and the orientation-inducing group are bonded to the mesogen group, and the polymerizable group is substituted on the mesogen group, the adsorption group and the orientation-inducing group directly or via a spacer group as necessary.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably substituted with a mesogenic group in a state of being incorporated in the adsorptive group.
  • orientation-inducing group has a function of inducing the orientation of liquid crystal molecules, and is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (AK).
  • R AK1 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. However, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in the alkyl group are independently —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or It may be substituted with —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be independently substituted with a halogeno group.
  • R AK1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a linear alkyl group. It is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in the alkyl group are independently —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or It may be replaced with —OCO—.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the orientation-inducing group is bonded to the side opposite to the adsorption group of the mesogenic group.
  • Polymerizable group The polymerizable group is represented by P AP1 ⁇ and is preferably bonded to the mesogen group via —Sp AP1 — (single bond or spacer group).
  • P AP1 is preferably a group selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (AP-1) to (AP-9).
  • R AP1 and R AP2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • one or more —CH 2 — in the alkyl group may be substituted with —O— or —CO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other, and one or two —CH 2 — in the alkyl group may be substituted.
  • the above hydrogen atoms may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
  • W AP1 represents a single bond, —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —CH 2 —.
  • t AP1 represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • P AP1 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (AP-1) to general formula (AP-7), and is represented by the following general formula (AP-1) or general formula (AP-2). Group is more preferred, and general formula (AP-1) is even more preferred.
  • Sp AP1 is preferably a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • one or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group are independently —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be substituted with -, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
  • the number of P AP1 ⁇ Sp AP1 ⁇ is preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and 2 or more and 4 or less. More preferably, 2 or 3 is particularly preferable, and 2 is most preferable.
  • the hydrogen atom in P AP1- Sp AP1- may be substituted with a polymerizable group, an adsorption group and/or an orientation-inducing group.
  • P AP1- Sp AP1- may be bonded to a polymerizable group, a mesogenic group, an adsorption group and/or an orientation-inducing group.
  • P AP1 -Sp AP1- is preferably bound to a mesogenic group, an adsorptive group or an orientation-inducing group, and more preferably bound to a mesogenic group or an adsorptive group.
  • P AP1 and/or Sp AP1 ⁇ molecules When there are a plurality of P AP1 and/or Sp AP1 ⁇ molecules in the molecule, they may be the same or different from each other.
  • the mesogen group means a group having a rigid portion, for example, a group having at least one cyclic group, preferably a group having 2 to 4 cyclic groups, and 3 to 4 cyclic groups. Groups are more preferred.
  • the cyclic group may be linked by a linking group, if necessary.
  • the mesogen group preferably has a skeleton similar to that of liquid crystal molecules (liquid crystal compound) used in the liquid crystal layer.
  • cyclic group refers to an atomic group in which constituent atoms are cyclically bonded, and includes a carbocycle, a heterocycle, a saturated or unsaturated cyclic structure, a monocyclic and bicyclic structure, Includes polycyclic structures, aromatics, non-aromatics, and the like.
  • the cyclic group may contain at least one hetero atom, and may be further substituted with at least one substituent (halogeno group, polymerizable group, organic group (alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, etc.).
  • substituent halogeno group, polymerizable group, organic group (alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, etc.).
  • the mesogen group preferably contains two or more monocyclic rings.
  • the mesogen group is preferably represented by, for example, general formula (AL).
  • Z AL1 is a single bond, —CH ⁇ CH—, —CF ⁇ CF—, —C ⁇ C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —.
  • -CH CHCOO -
  • one or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent.
  • a AL1 and A AL2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic group.
  • One or more hydrogen atoms in Z AL1 , A AL1 and A AL2 may be each independently substituted with a halogeno group, an adsorptive group, P AP1- Sp AP1 -or a monovalent organic group.
  • Z AL1 and A AL1 When a plurality of Z AL1 and A AL1 are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different from each other.
  • n AL1 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • Z AL1 is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a single bond.
  • -(CH 2 ) 2 -or -(CH 2 ) 4- is more preferable.
  • One or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent.
  • Z AL1 has a single bond in which rings are directly connected to each other or an even number of atoms directly connecting the rings is even.
  • the form is preferred. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —CH 2 COO—, the number of atoms directly connecting the rings is four.
  • a AL1 and A AL2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic group.
  • the divalent cyclic group include 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2, 5-diyl group, tetrahydrothiopyran-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo(2.2.2)octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group , Pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2 ,6-diyl group,
  • these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms in the cyclic group may be substituted with a halogeno group, an adsorptive group, P AP1- Sp AP1 -or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group is a group having a chemical structure formed by the organic compound being in the form of a monovalent group, and is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the organic compound.
  • An atomic group is a group having a chemical structure formed by the organic compound being in the form of a monovalent group, and is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the organic compound.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Groups, etc. preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • An alkoxy group is particularly preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 carbon atom is most preferable.
  • one or more —CH 2 — in the above alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group is —O—, —COO— or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be replaced. Further, the monovalent organic group may have a role as the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
  • m AL1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 2 or 3.
  • General formula (AL) is a structure in which two hydrogen atoms are eliminated from these compounds.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms in the cyclohexane ring, benzene ring or naphthalene ring are each independently a halogeno group, P AP1 -Sp AP1.
  • -It may be substituted with a monovalent organic group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms), an adsorption group or an orientation inducing group.
  • formulas (me-8) to (me-44) preferred forms are formulas (me-8) to (me-44), and more preferred forms are formulas (me-8) to (me-10) and formulas (me-12) to (Me-18), formulas (me-22) to (me-24), formulas (me-26) to (me-27) and formulas (me-29) to (me-44), and more preferred forms Is a formula (me-12), (me-14), (me-16), (me-22) to (me-24), (me-29), (me-34), (me-36) To (me-37) and (me-42) to (me-44).
  • a particularly preferable form is the following general formula (AL-1) or (AL-2), and a most preferable form is the following general formula (AL-1).
  • X AL101 to X AL118 and X AL201 to X AL214 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogeno group, P APl- Sp APl- represents an adsorption group described later or the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
  • Ring A AL11, Ring A AL12 and ring A AL21 each independently represent a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.
  • Any one or more of X AL101 to X AL118 and X AL201 to X AL214 are substituted with an adsorption group described later.
  • Any one or more of X AL101 to X AL118 and X AL201 to X AL214 are substituted with the orientation-inducing group.
  • P AP1 -Sp AP1 - may be substituted with.
  • the general formula (AL-1) or the general formula (AL-2) has one or two or more P AP1 -Sp APl- in its molecule.
  • X AL101 is preferably the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
  • At least one of X AL109 , X AL110 and X AL111 is preferably an adsorption group described below, and both X AL109 and X AL110 are adsorption groups described below or X AL110 is described later. Is more preferable, and X AL110 is further preferable to be an adsorption group described later.
  • one or two of X AL104 to X AL108 and X AL112 to X AL116 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably a halogeno group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom. Particularly, it is preferable that each of X AL105 , X AL106, and X AL107 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom.
  • X AL201 is preferably the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
  • At least one of X AL207 , X AL208 and X AL209 is preferably an adsorption group described below, and both X AL207 and X AL208 are adsorption groups described below or X AL208 is described later. Is more preferable, and X AL208 is further preferable to be an adsorption group described later.
  • X AL207 , X AL208, and X AL209 is P AP1- Sp AP1- of the adsorbing groups described below or an adsorbing group having a polymerizable site in the structure.
  • X AL2 07 and X AL 209 , or both, are more preferably P AP1 —Sp AP1 ⁇ .
  • one or two of X AL202 to X AL206 and X AL210 to X AL214 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably a halogeno group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom.
  • X AL204, X AL205 or X AL206 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or a fluorine atom of 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the adsorptive group is a group having a role of adsorbing an adsorbent which is a layer that comes into contact with the liquid crystal composition such as a substrate, a film and an electrode.
  • Adsorption is generally classified into chemisorption in which a chemical bond (covalent bond, ionic bond or metal bond) is formed and adsorbed between the adsorbent and the adsorbate, and physical adsorption other than chemisorption.
  • the adsorption may be either chemical adsorption or physical adsorption, but physical adsorption is preferable. Therefore, the adsorption group is preferably a group capable of physically adsorbing to the adsorption medium, and more preferably a group capable of binding to the adsorption medium by intermolecular force.
  • binding to the adsorbent by intermolecular force there are forms such as permanent dipole, permanent quadrupole, dispersive force, charge transfer force, or hydrogen bond.
  • a preferred form of the adsorbing group is a form capable of binding to the adsorbent by a hydrogen bond.
  • the adsorptive group may serve as either a donor or an acceptor of protons that mediate hydrogen bonding, or both.
  • the adsorption group is preferably a group containing a polar element having an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are linked (hereinafter, the “adsorption group” is also referred to as a “polar group”).
  • the polar element refers to an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are directly linked.
  • the hetero atom is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, P, B and Si, and at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. Is more preferable, at least one selected from the group consisting of N and O is more preferable, and O is particularly preferable.
  • the valence of the polar element is not particularly limited, such as monovalent, divalent, and trivalent, and the number of polar elements in the adsorbing group is not particularly limited.
  • the orientation aid preferably has 1 to 8 adsorption groups in one molecule, more preferably 1 to 4 adsorption groups, and further preferably 1 to 3 adsorption groups.
  • a hydrogen atom is P AP1 -Sp AP1 in adsorptive group - substituted with structural and P AP1 -Sp AP1 - hydrogen atoms in the -OH
  • the structure substituted with is included in the adsorptive group.
  • Adsorption group contains one or more polar elements, and is roughly classified into a cyclic group type and a chain group type.
  • the cyclic group type is a form including a cyclic group having a cyclic structure containing a polar element in its structure, and the chain group type is a cyclic group having a cyclic structure containing a polar element in its structure. It is a form that does not include.
  • the chain type is a form having a polar element in a linear or branched chain group, and may have a cyclic structure that does not include a polar element in a part thereof.
  • a cyclic group-type adsorptive group means a form having a structure containing at least one polar element in a cyclic atomic arrangement.
  • the cyclic group-type adsorptive group need only include a cyclic group containing a polar element, and the entire adsorptive group may be branched or linear.
  • a chain-type adsorptive group is a structure that does not include a cyclic atomic array containing polar elements in the molecule and contains at least one polar element in a linear atomic array (which may be branched). Means a form having.
  • the chain group refers to an atomic group in which the constituent atoms do not include a cyclic atomic array in the structural formula and the constituent atoms are linearly (may be branched), and are acyclic. Refers to the group.
  • the chain group means a linear or branched aliphatic group, and may contain either a saturated bond or an unsaturated bond.
  • the chain group includes, for example, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an ether group or a ketone group.
  • the hydrogen atom in these groups is substituted with at least one substituent (reactive functional group (vinyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, etc.), chain organic group (alkyl group, cyano group, etc.)) Good.
  • the chain group may be linear or branched.
  • the cyclic group-type adsorbing group may be a heteroaromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring) or a heteroalicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring).
  • a heteroaromatic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring) or a heteroalicyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring) is more preferable, and a 5-membered hetero group. It is more preferably an aromatic group, a 5-membered heteroalicyclic group, a 6-membered heteroaromatic group, or a 6-membered heteroalicyclic group.
  • the hydrogen atom in these ring structures may be substituted with a halogeno group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyloxy group.
  • the chain-type adsorptive group is preferably a hydrogen atom in the structure or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which —CH 2 — is substituted with a polar element. It should be noted that one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in the alkyl group are replaced with —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. May be done.
  • the chain-type adsorptive group preferably contains one or more polar elements at the ends thereof.
  • the hydrogen atom in the adsorption group may be replaced with a polymerizable group.
  • the polar element examples include a polar element containing an oxygen atom (hereinafter, oxygen-containing polar element), a polar element containing a nitrogen atom (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing polar element), a polar element containing a phosphorus atom (hereinafter, phosphorus-containing polar element). Element), a polar element containing a boron atom (hereinafter, boron-containing polar element), a polar element containing a silicon atom (hereinafter, silicon-containing polar element), or a polar element containing a sulfur atom (hereinafter, sulfur-containing polar element). .
  • the polar element is preferably a nitrogen-containing polar element or an oxygen-containing polar element, and more preferably an oxygen-containing polar element.
  • oxygen-containing polar element at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an alkylol group, an alkoxy group, a formyl group, a carboxyl group, an ether group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, and an ester group or the group is carbon. It is preferably a group linked to an atom.
  • the nitrogen-containing polar element at least one group selected from the group consisting of a cyano group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a pyridyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a ureido group, or the group is a carbon atom. It is preferably a group linked to an atom.
  • a cyclic group having an oxygen-containing polar element hereinafter, oxygen-containing cyclic group
  • a cyclic group having a nitrogen-containing polar element hereinafter, nitrogen-containing cyclic group
  • an oxygen-containing polar group One or more selected from the group consisting of a chain group having an element (hereinafter, oxygen-containing chain group) and a chain group having a nitrogen-containing polar element (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing chain group) It is preferable to include the group itself or the group.
  • the oxygen-containing cyclic group preferably contains any of the following groups having an oxygen atom as an ether group in the ring structure.
  • the oxygen-containing cyclic group preferably contains any of the following groups having an oxygen atom as a carbonyl group, a carbonate group and an ester group in the ring structure.
  • the nitrogen-containing cyclic group preferably contains any of the following groups.
  • the oxygen-containing chain group preferably contains any of the following groups.
  • R at1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Z at1 represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • —CH 2 — in the alkylene group or alkenylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O)—, or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
  • X at1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • —CH 2 — in the alkyl group may be substituted with —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O)—, or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
  • the nitrogen-containing chain group preferably contains any of the following groups.
  • R at , R bt , R ct and R dt each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the adsorbing group is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (AT).
  • Sp AT1 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is directly bonded to the oxygen atom. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO—, or —CH ⁇ CH— so as not to bond.
  • W AT1 represents a single bond or the following general formula (WAT1) or (WAT2).
  • Z AT1 represents a monovalent group containing a polar element.
  • the hydrogen atom in Z AT1 may be replaced with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
  • Sp WAT1 and Sp WAT2 each independently represent a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom in the alkylene group is —OH, — CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 — may be substituted, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O) so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
  • Sp AT1 , Sp WAT1 and Sp WAT2 each independently represent a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a single bond or a linear carbon atom number. It is more preferable to represent an alkylene group having 1 to 20 and even more preferable to represent a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • one or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group are independently —CH ⁇ CH—, — so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be substituted with C ⁇ C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
  • the hydrogen atoms in Sp AT1 and Sp WAT1 are each independently, -W AT1 -Z AT1 or P AP1 -Sp AP1 - it may be substituted with.
  • Z AT1 represents a monovalent group containing a polar element and is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (ZAT1-1) or (ZAT1-2).
  • Sp ZAT11 and Sp ZAT12 each independently represent a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Z ZAT11 —R ZAT11 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is directly bonded to the oxygen atom. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO— or —CH ⁇ CH— so as not to be adjacent to each other.
  • Z ZAT11 represents a group containing a polar element.
  • the structure represented by the ring containing Z ZAT12 in the general formula (ZAT1-2) represents a 5- to 7-membered ring.
  • the hydrogen atom in Z ZAT11 and Z ZAT12 may be substituted with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
  • R ZAT11 and R ZAT12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be replaced by —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is a cyclic group so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
  • the group represented by the general formula (ZAT1-1) is preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZAT1-1-1) to (ZAT1-1-30).
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
  • Sp ZAT11 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Z ZAT11 —R ZAT11 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is directly bonded to the oxygen atom. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO— or —CH ⁇ CH— so as not to be adjacent to each other.
  • R ZAT11 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is oxygen. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO— , —C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO—, —CH ⁇ CH— or —Z ZAT11 — such that the atoms are not directly adjacent.
  • the group represented by the general formula (ZAT1-2) is preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZAT1-2-1) to (ZAT1-2-9).
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
  • Sp ZAT11 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the group represented by the general formula (ZAT1-1) include the following groups.
  • R tc represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
  • a hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be replaced by —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —
  • P AP1 -Sp AP1 - may be substituted with.
  • OH containing groups are particularly preferred.
  • the combination with (AL-1) is particularly preferable as the mesogen group.
  • the orientation aid is preferably in a form in which the polar element contained in the adsorption group or the polar element contained in the polymerizable group is localized.
  • the adsorptive group is an important structure for vertically aligning liquid crystal molecules, and when the adsorptive group and the polymerizable group are adjacent to each other, a better alignment property can be obtained, and a good liquid crystal composition can be obtained. Shows solubility.
  • the orientation aid is preferably in a form having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring of the mesogen group.
  • a form includes a form in which one or more polymerizable groups and one or more adsorption groups are bonded on the same ring, and at least one or one or more adsorption groups of the one or more polymerizable groups.
  • one having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring one of which is bonded to the other.
  • a hydrogen atom in the spacer group bonded to the polymerizable group may be replaced with an adsorptive group, and further, a hydrogen atom in the adsorptive group may be replaced with a polymerizable group through the spacer group. Good.
  • the orientation aid is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (SAL).
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, —OH, —CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1. It may be replaced with-. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is oxygen. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —OCO— or —CH ⁇ CH— so that the atoms are not directly bonded.
  • R AK1 has the same meaning as R AK1 in formula (AK).
  • a AL1 and A AL2 each independently have the same meaning as A AL1 and A AL2 in formula (AL).
  • Z AL1 has the same meaning as Z AL1 in formula (AL).
  • n AL1 has the same meaning as m AL1 in formula (AL).
  • Sp AT1 has the same meaning as Sp AT1 in formula (AT).
  • W AT1 has the same meaning as W AT1 in formula (AT).
  • Z AT1 has the same meaning as Z AT1 in formula (AT).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (SAL) is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (SAL-1.1) to (SAL-2.9).
  • the amount of the alignment aid contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 0.01 to 10% by mass.
  • the more preferable lower limit values thereof are 0.05% by mass and 0.1% by mass from the viewpoint of aligning liquid crystal molecules more preferably.
  • the more preferable upper limit value thereof is 7% by mass, 5% by mass, 4% by mass, 3% by mass, and 1% by mass from the viewpoint of improving response characteristics.
  • the total content of the above-mentioned alignment aid is preferably 0.05 to 10%, and more preferably 0.1 to 8% with respect to the composition containing the alignment aid of the present application. , 0.1 to 5% is preferable, 0.1 to 3% is preferable, 0.2 to 2% is preferable, and 0.2 to 1.3% is included. It is preferable that the content is 0.2 to 1%, and the content is 0.2 to 0.56%.
  • a preferred lower limit value of the total content of the alignment aids is 0.01% and 0.03% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (P) of the present application, and 0 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.15%, 0.2%, 0.25%, 0.3%.
  • a preferable upper limit value of the total content of the alignment aids is 10%, 8% and 5% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (P) of the present application, 3%, 1.5%, 1.2%, 1%, 0.8%, 0.5%.
  • the color filter in the present invention is composed of a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel portion.
  • the RGB three-color pixel portion serves as a coloring material, as a coloring material, and in the R pixel portion, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and/or Or one or more selected from oil-soluble anionic red organic dyes, and a mixture of a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment, a phthalocyanine green dye, a phthalocyanine blue dye and an azo yellow organic dye in the G pixel portion.
  • the B pixel portion contains at least one selected from the group consisting of, and one or more selected from ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine pigments and/or cationic blue organic dyes.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the R pixel portion is C.I. I.
  • Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, and solvent-based red organic dyes are C.I. I. Solvent Red 52, the same 111, the same 124, the same 135, the same 141, the same 145, the same 151, and the same 179 are preferable.
  • the halogenated phthalocyanine pigment in the G pixel portion is C.I. I.
  • a phthalocyanine green dye is a dye represented by the following general formula (PIG-1), and a phthalocyanine blue dye is C.I. I. Solvent Blue 67, an azo yellow organic dye is C.I. I. It is preferably Solvent Yellow 162.
  • X1i to X16i represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a general formula (PIG-2), (PIG-3), (PIG-4), (PIG-5)
  • M is a central metal
  • VCl X17i represents oxygen, sulfur, sulfone (—SO 2 —)
  • X18i represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent.
  • the ⁇ -type copper phthalocyanine pigment in the B pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment 15:6 and the cationic blue organic dye are preferably dyes represented by the following general formulas (PIG-6) and (PIG-7).
  • R 1j to R 6j each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 1j to R 6j represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent
  • R 1j and R 2j , R 3j and R 4j , and R 5j and R 6j which are adjacent to each other may combine to form a ring structure.
  • R 7j and X 8j each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • Z 1j represents an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R 7j and R 8j each independently represent an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • [A] b— is Represents an arbitrary b-valent anion, a represents an integer of 2 or more, and b represents an integer of 2 or more)
  • xanthene dye C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, C.I. I.
  • Pigment Violet 23 C.I. I. Basic Blue 7, C.I. I. Basic Violet 10, C.I. I. Acid Blue 1, 90, 83, C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one organic dye or pigment selected from the group consisting of Direct Blue 86 is contained and hybridized.
  • the color filter is composed of a black matrix, RGB three-color pixel portions and a Y pixel portion.
  • the chromaticity x and the chromaticity y in the XYZ color system under the C light source of each pixel portion in the color filter of the present invention prevent the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer from decreasing and the ion density (ID) from increasing.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • ID ion density
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the R pixel portion is preferably 0.58 to 0.69, more preferably 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is 0. It is preferably 0.30 to 0.36, more preferably 0.31 to 0.35, the chromaticity x is 0.58 to 0.69, and the chromaticity y is 0.30 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is 0.31 to 0.35.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the G pixel portion is preferably 0.19 to 0.35, more preferably 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0. 0.54 to 0.76 is preferable, 0.64 to 0.74 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.19 to 0.35, and chromaticity y is 0.54 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0.64 to 0.74.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the B pixel portion is preferably 0.12 to 0.20, more preferably 0.13 to 0.18, and the chromaticity y is 0. It is preferably 0.04 to 0.12, more preferably 0.05 to 0.09, the chromaticity x is 0.12 to 0.18, and the chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.13 to 0.17, and the chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0.09.
  • the chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the Y pixel portion is preferably 0.46 to 0.50, more preferably 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0. It is preferably 0.48 to 0.53, more preferably 0.50 to 0.52, the chromaticity x is 0.46 to 0.50, and the chromaticity y is 0.48 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0.50 to 0.52.
  • the XYZ color system refers to the color system that was approved as a standard color system by the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) in 1931.
  • the chromaticity in each of the above-mentioned pixel parts can be adjusted by changing the types of dyes and pigments used and their mixing ratio. For example, in the case of an R pixel, a yellow dye and/or an orange pigment is used as a red dye/pigment, in the case of a G pixel, a yellow dye/pigment is used as a green dye/pigment, and in the case of a B pixel, a blue dye/pigment is used as a purple dye/yellow tint. It can be adjusted by adding an appropriate amount of the blue dye/pigment. It can also be adjusted by appropriately adjusting the particle size of the pigment.
  • the color filter can form the color filter pixel portion by a conventionally known method.
  • a typical method of forming the pixel portion is a photolithography method, which is a method in which a photocurable composition described below is applied to a surface of a transparent substrate for a color filter on a side provided with a black matrix and heated. After drying (prebaking), pattern exposure is performed by irradiating ultraviolet rays through a photomask to cure the photocurable compound in the area corresponding to the pixel area, and then develop the unexposed area with a developer. The method is to remove the non-pixel portion and fix the pixel portion to the transparent substrate. In this method, the pixel portion composed of the cured colored film of the photocurable composition is formed on the transparent substrate.
  • a photo-curable composition described below is prepared for each pixel of other colors such as R pixel, G pixel, B pixel, and Y pixel as necessary, and the above-described operation is repeated, so that R A color filter having colored pixel portions of pixels, G pixels, B pixels, and Y pixels can be manufactured.
  • Examples of the method for applying the photocurable composition described below onto a transparent substrate such as glass include spin coating, slit coating, roll coating, and inkjet coating.
  • the drying conditions for the coating film of the photocurable composition applied on the transparent substrate are usually 50 to 150° C. and about 1 to 15 minutes, although they vary depending on the type and mixing ratio of each component.
  • the light used for photocuring the photocurable composition it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays in the wavelength range of 200 to 500 nm or visible light. Various light sources that emit light in this wavelength range can be used.
  • Examples of the developing method include a puddle method, a dipping method, and a spray method.
  • the transparent substrate on which the pixel portion of the required color is formed is washed with water and dried.
  • the color filter thus obtained is subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) at 90 to 280° C. for a predetermined time with a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven to remove volatile components in the colored coating film and at the same time to remove light.
  • the unreacted photocurable compound remaining in the cured colored film of the curable composition is thermally cured, and the color filter is completed.
  • the color material for a color filter of the present invention when used together with the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, prevents the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer from decreasing and the ion density (ID) from increasing, resulting in white spots, uneven alignment, It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device that solves the problem of display failure such as burning.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio
  • ID ion density
  • the color filter pigment composition of the present invention As the method for producing the photocurable composition, the color filter pigment composition of the present invention, an organic solvent and a dispersant are used as essential components, and these are mixed by stirring and dispersing so as to be uniform. First, a pigment dispersion liquid for forming the pixel portion of the color filter is prepared, and then a photocurable compound and, if necessary, a thermoplastic resin, a photopolymerization initiator, or the like are added to the photocurable liquid. A method of forming a composition is common.
  • organic solvent used here examples include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, and methoxybenzene, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
  • Acetic acid ester solvents such as diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol butyl ether acetate, propionate solvents such as ethoxyethyl propionate, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl Ethers, ether solvents such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, N,N-dimethylformamide, ⁇ -butyrolactam, N-methyl-2- Examples thereof include nitrogen compound-based solvents such as pyrrolidone, aniline and pyridine, lactone-based solvents such as ⁇ -butyrolactone, and carbamate esters such as
  • Dispersant used here examples include Disperbic 130, Disperbic 161, Disperbic 162, Disperbic 163, Disperbic 170, Disperbic 171, Disperbic 174, Disperbic 180, Disperbic 182, manufactured by Big Chemie. Dispervik 183, Dispervik 184, Dispervik 185, Dispervik 2000, Dispervik 2001, Dispervik 2020, Dispervik 2050, Dispervik 2070, Dispervik 2096, Dispervik 2150, Dispervik LPN21116, Dispervik LPN6919, Lubrizol Solsparse 3000, Solsperse 9000, Solsperse 13240, Solsperse 13650, Solsperse 13940, Solsperse 17000, 18000, Solsperse 20000, Solsperse 21000, Solsperse 20000, Solsperse 24000, Solsperse 26000, Solsperse 27000, Solsperse 38000, Solsperse 36000, Solsperse 36000, 37,000, Solsperse
  • organic pigment derivatives such as phthalimidomethyl derivative, sulfonic acid derivative, N-(dialkylamino)methyl derivative, N-(dialkylaminoalkyl)sulfonic acid amide derivative, etc. should be contained. You can also Of course, these derivatives may be used in combination of two or more different types.
  • thermoplastic resin used to prepare the photocurable composition examples include urethane resins, acrylic resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, styrene maleic acid resins, and styrene maleic anhydride resins. ..
  • Examples of the photocurable compound include 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, bis(acryloxyethoxy)bisphenol A, and 3-methylpentanediol diacrylate.
  • Difunctional monomers such as acrylates, trimethylolpropaton triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, tris[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, etc.
  • Examples thereof include polyfunctional monomers having a small molecular weight and polyfunctional monomers having a relatively large molecular weight such as polyester acrylate, polyurethane acrylate, and polyether acrylate.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include acetophenone, benzophenone, benzyldimethylketanol, benzoyl peroxide, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 1,3-bis(4'-azidobenzal)-2-propane, 1,3-bis(4' -Azidobenzal)-2-propane-2'-sulfonic acid, 4,4'-diazidostilbene-2,2'-disulfonic acid and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators examples include “IRGACURE (trademark)-184”, “IRGACURE (trademark)-369”, “DAROCURE (trademark)-1173” manufactured by BASF, and “Lucillin-trademark” manufactured by BASF.
  • TPO "Kayakyu (trade name) DETX” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co.
  • Kaya cure (trade name) OA "Vicure 10", “Vicure 55" manufactured by Stouffer, "Trigonal PI” manufactured by Akzo, Sand Corp.
  • Sandray 1000 manufactured by Upjohn, “Deep” manufactured by Upjohn, and “Biimidazole” manufactured by Kurogane Kasei.
  • a known and commonly used photosensitizer may be used in combination with the above photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitizer include amines, ureas, compounds having a sulfur atom, compounds having a phosphorus atom, compounds having a chlorine atom, nitriles, and other compounds having a nitrogen atom. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the compounding ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30% based on the mass of the compound having a photopolymerizable or photocurable functional group. If it is less than 0.1%, the photosensitivity during photocuring tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 30%, the photopolymerization initiator crystals precipitate when the coating film of the pigment-dispersed resist is dried. This may cause deterioration of the physical properties of the film.
  • the dye/pigment liquid can be obtained by stirring and dispersing.
  • the total amount of the thermoplastic resin and the photocurable compound was 3 to 20 parts per 1 part of the color filter pigment composition of the present invention, and 0.05 to 3 parts per 1 part of the photocurable compound. It is possible to obtain a photocurable composition for forming a color filter pixel portion by adding a photopolymerization initiator and, if necessary, an organic solvent further and stirring and dispersing so as to be uniform.
  • a known and commonly used organic solvent or alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
  • the photocurable composition contains a thermoplastic resin or a photocurable compound, and at least one of these has an acid value and exhibits alkali solubility
  • washing with an aqueous alkali solution is a color filter. It is effective for forming the pixel portion.
  • the color filter pixel portion prepared by using the pigment composition for a color filter of the present invention can be used for other electrodeposition method, transfer method, micelle electrolysis method.
  • a PVED (Photovoltaic Electrodeposition) method, an inkjet method, a reverse printing method, a thermosetting method, or the like may be used to form each color pixel portion to manufacture a color filter.
  • the organic pigment may be applied to a substrate and dried to form a color filter, or when the pigment dispersion contains a curable resin, the pigment may be cured by heat or an active energy ray to form a color filter. Further, the step of removing the volatile components in the coating film may be performed by heating (post-baking) at 100 to 280° C. for a predetermined time with a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
  • a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
  • an alignment film may be provided on the surface of one of the first substrate and the second substrate which is in contact with the liquid crystal composition in order to align the liquid crystal composition. In a liquid crystal display device that requires an alignment film, it is arranged between a color filter and a liquid crystal layer. However, even if the alignment film has a large film thickness, it is as thin as 100 nm or less. It does not completely block the interaction with the liquid crystal compound constituting the.
  • alignment film material transparent organic materials such as polyimide, polyamide, BCB (penzocyclobutene polymer) and polyvinyl alcohol can be used.
  • polyimide polyimide
  • polyamide polyamide
  • BCB penzocyclobutene polymer
  • polyvinyl alcohol polyvinyl alcohol
  • p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane and the like can be used.
  • Diamines such as aliphatic or alicyclic diamines and butanetetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides such as 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride
  • a polyimide alignment film obtained by imidizing a polyamic acid synthesized from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride such as a compound is preferable. In this case, rubbing is generally used as a method for providing orientation, but when used for a vertical orientation film or the like, it may be used without giving orientation.
  • the alignment film material a material containing chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamoyl or azo group in the compound can be used, and may be used in combination with a material such as polyimide or polyamide. In this case, the alignment film is rubbed. Or a photo-alignment technique may be used.
  • the alignment film is generally formed by applying the alignment film material on the substrate by a method such as spin coating to form a resin film, but a uniaxial stretching method, a Langmuir-Blodgett method, or the like can also be used. ..
  • a conductive metal oxide can be used as the material of the transparent electrode, and as the metal oxide, indium oxide (In2O3), tin oxide (SnO2), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium tin oxide (In2O3-SnO2), indium zinc oxide (In2O3-ZnO), niobium added titanium dioxide (Ti 1-x Nb x O2 ), fluorine-doped tin oxide, although graphene nanoribbons or metal nanowires and the like can be used, oxide Zinc (ZnO), indium tin oxide (In2O3-SnO2) or indium zinc oxide (In2O3-ZnO) is preferred.
  • a photo-etching method or a method using a mask can be used.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is particularly useful as an active matrix driving liquid crystal display device, and is useful as a liquid crystal display device for TN mode, IPS mode, polymer stabilized IPS mode, FFS mode, OCB mode, VA mode or ECB mode. Applicable.
  • the liquid crystal display device and a backlight is used in various applications such as LCD TVs, PC monitors, mobile phones, smartphone displays, notebook personal computers, personal digital assistants, and digital signage.
  • the backlight there are a cold cathode tube type backlight, a pseudo white backlight having a two-wavelength peak and a backlight having a three-wavelength peak, which uses a light emitting diode or an organic EL element using an inorganic material.
  • T NI Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (°C)
  • ⁇ n Anisotropy of refractive index at 25° C.
  • Anisotropy of dielectric constant at 25° C.
  • ⁇ 1 Rotational viscosity at 25° C. (mPa ⁇ s)
  • K 11 Elastic constant K 11 (pN) at 25° C.
  • K 33 Elastic constant K 33 (pN) at 25° C.
  • VHR voltage holding ratio (%) under conditions of a frequency of 60 Hz at 60°C and an applied voltage of 1 V "Creating a Color Filter”
  • Red dye coloring composition 1 Put 10 parts of Red Dye 1 (CI Solvent Red 124) in a polybin, add 55 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 0.3-0.4 mm ⁇ sepul beads, and paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours. After dispersion, the solution was filtered through a 5 ⁇ m filter to obtain a dye coloring solution.
  • Red dye coloring composition 2 In place of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1, 8 parts of the red dye 2 (CI Solvent Red 135) and 2 parts of the yellow dye 1 (CI Solvent Yellow 21) were used. In the same manner as described above, a red dye coloring composition 2 was obtained.
  • Red dye coloring composition 3 A red dye coloring composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the red dye 3 (CI Solvent Red 52) instead of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1.
  • Red dye/pigment coloring composition 1 14 parts of the above red dye, 2 parts of red pigment 1 (CI Pigment Red 254) having an average primary particle diameter of 25 nm in the small angle X-ray scattering method and standardized dispersion of 40%, and the average primary particle of the small angle X-ray scattering method. 2 parts of red pigment 2 (CI Pigment Red 177) having a diameter of 30 nm and a standardized dispersion of 50%, an average primary particle diameter of 35 nm by a small angle X-ray scattering method, a standardized dispersion of 60% yellow pigment 2 (C.I.
  • Pigment Yellow 139 2 parts in a polybin, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 55 parts, Disperbic LPN21116 (manufactured by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.) 7.0 parts, Saint-Gobain 0.3-0.4 mm ⁇ zirconia beads “ER”. -120S” was added, and the mixture was dispersed with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, and then filtered through a 1 ⁇ m filter to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid.
  • a paint conditioner manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.
  • polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trademark) M7100, manufactured by Toagosei Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trademark) DPHA, manufactured by Japan) (Yaku Co., Ltd.) 5.00 parts, benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.00 parts, and Eukerester EEP 13.5 parts were stirred with a dispersion stirrer to obtain a pore size of 1.
  • a red dye-pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained by filtering with a 0 ⁇ m filter.
  • the average primary particle diameter and the particle diameter distribution of the organic pigment are obtained from the small-angle X-ray scattering profile (measured scattering profile) of the organic pigment dispersion based on the small-angle X-ray scattering method disclosed in JP-A 2006-113042.
  • the red pigment 1 of the above red dye/pigment coloring composition 1 was replaced with a red pigment 3 having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm by a small angle X-ray scattering method and a standardized dispersion of 40% (a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of PIG-8).
  • a red dye/pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
  • Red pigment coloring composition 1 In place of the red dye 14 parts, the red pigment 12 parts, the red pigment 22 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 parts of the above red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, the average primary particle diameter in the small-angle X-ray scattering method is 50 nm, and standardized. Red Pigment Coloring Composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as above using Red Pigment 4 (CI Pigment Red 48:1) having a dispersion of 70%. [Green dye coloring composition 1] In place of 10 parts of red dye 1 of the above red dye coloring composition 1, 3 parts of blue dye 1 (CI Solvent Blue 67) and 7 parts of yellow dye 2 (CI Solvent Yellow 162) were used, A green dye coloring composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
  • Green dye coloring composition 2 In the above green dye coloring composition 1, 3 parts of blue dye 1 was replaced with 8 parts of green dye 1 (structure of PIG-9), and 7 parts of yellow dye 2 (CI Solvent Yellow 162) was replaced with 2 parts. Similarly, a green dye coloring composition 2 was obtained.
  • Green dye coloring composition 3 3 parts of the blue dye 1 of the above green dye coloring composition 1 was replaced with 9 parts of the green dye 2 (structure of PIG-10), and 7 parts of the yellow dye 2 (CI Solvent Yellow 162) was replaced with 1 part. Similarly, a green dye coloring composition 3 was obtained.
  • Green dye coloring composition 4 In the same manner as described above, 10 parts of green dye 1 (CI Solvent Green 7) was used in place of 3 parts of blue dye 1 and 7 parts of yellow dye 2 of the above-mentioned green dye coloring composition 1. Got 4. [Green dye/pigment coloring composition 1] Instead of the red dye 14 parts, the red pigment 1 2 parts, the red pigment 22 2 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 2 parts of the red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, the green dye 1 3 parts and the green pigment 1 (C.I.
  • Pigment Green 58 3 parts of "FASTOGEN GREEN A350" manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd., and 4 parts of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 150, FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN manufactured by BAYER) in the same manner as above, and green.
  • a dye-pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained.
  • Green dye/pigment coloring composition 2 In place of the green pigment 1 3 parts and the yellow pigment 1 4 parts of the green dye/pigment coloring composition 1, 2 parts of the green pigment 2 (CI Pigment Green 63) and the yellow pigment 2 (CI Pigment YELLOW 138) were used.
  • a green dye/pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as above using 5 parts.
  • a blue dye coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the blue dye 3 (structure of PIG-12) instead of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1.
  • a blue dye coloring composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the blue dye 4 (structure of PIG-13) instead of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1.
  • a blue dye coloring composition 4 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the blue dye 5 (CI Solvent Blue 12) in place of 10 parts of the blue dye 1 of the blue dye coloring composition 2.
  • Blue dye/pigment coloring composition 1 In place of the red dye 14 parts, the red pigment 12 parts, the red pigment 22 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 parts of the red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, the average primary particle diameter in the small-angle X-ray scattering method is 20 nm, and standardization is performed.
  • a blue dye-pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as described above using 8 parts of 50% dispersed blue pigment 1 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6) and 2 parts of xanthene dye of PIG-14. ..
  • Color filters 1 to 5 were prepared using the dye coloring composition, pigment coloring composition or dye/pigment coloring composition shown in the following table.
  • Example 1 to 20 The liquid crystal compositions of LC-1 shown in the table below were prepared and their physical properties were measured. The physical properties are shown in the table below.
  • a polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared in which the polymerizable compound was added in the addition amount shown in Table 3 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above liquid crystal composition.
  • a first substrate having a transparent electrode layer made of a patterned transparent common electrode on an insulating layer and having no alignment film having a color filter layer shown in Table 1, and an active element
  • a second substrate having no alignment film having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by.
  • the liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate, sandwiched between the second substrates, and the sealing material was cured at 110° C. for 2 hours under normal pressure. Thereafter, a UV fluorescent lamp manufactured by Toshiba Lighting & Technology Co. was irradiated for 120 minutes (illuminance at 313 nm was 1.7 mW/cm 2 ) to obtain a liquid crystal display device having a cell gap of 3.5 ⁇ m.
  • the liquid crystal display device having the color filter of the present invention and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition had excellent characteristics.
  • a polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared by adding the polymerizable compound in an addition amount shown in the following table to 100 parts by mass of each of the above liquid crystal compositions. After that, a liquid crystal display element was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 and VHR was measured. It was confirmed that the liquid crystal display device having the color filter of the present invention and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition had excellent properties.
  • a polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared by adding the polymerizable compound in an addition amount shown in the following table to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal composition LC-1.
  • a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode and a second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having a vertical alignment film were prepared.
  • the firing conditions for the alignment film were 200° C. and 40 minutes.
  • the liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate, sandwiched between the second substrates, and the sealing material was cured at 110° C. for 2 hours under normal pressure. Thereafter, a UV fluorescent lamp manufactured by Toshiba Lighting & Technology Co. was irradiated for 120 minutes (illuminance at 313 nm was 1.7 mW/cm 2 ) to obtain a liquid crystal display device having a cell gap of 3.5 ⁇ m.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device that prevents a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of a liquid crystal layer caused by decomposition of dyes and pigments in a liquid crystal display device manufacturing process and leakage of impurities contained in the dyes and pigments into a liquid crystal composition, and solves problems of display defects such as voids, uneven alignment, and screen burn. The present invention solves the above problem by providing a liquid crystal display device having a first substrate (2) and a second substrate (3) disposed opposite to each other, a liquid crystal layer (4) filled between the first substrate and the second substrate, and a color filter (9) composed of a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel portion, wherein the liquid crystal layer includes a specific compound, the RGB three-color pixel portion includes a specific compound as a color material, an alignment film is not provided on at least one substrate surface, and there is provided an alignment control layer formed from spontaneous alignment compounds contained in the liquid crystal layer or a polymer obtained by polymerization thereof.

Description

液晶表示装置Liquid crystal display
 本発明は、液晶表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device.
 液晶表示装置は、時計、電卓をはじめとして、家庭用各種電気機器、測定機器、自動車用パネル、ワープロ、電子手帳、プリンター、コンピューター、テレビ等に用いられるようになっている。液晶表示方式としては、その代表的なものにTN(捩れネマチック)型、STN(超捩れネマチック)型、DS(動的光散乱)型、GH(ゲスト・ホスト)型、IPS(インプレーンスイッチング)型、OCB(光学補償複屈折)型、ECB(電圧制御複屈折)型、VA(垂直配向)型、CSH(カラースーパーホメオトロピック)型、あるいはFLC(強誘電性液晶)等を挙げることができる。また駆動方式としても従来のスタティック駆動からマルチプレックス駆動が一般的になり、単純マトリックス方式、最近ではTFT(薄膜トランジスタ)やTFD(薄膜ダイオード)等により駆動されるアクティブマトリックス(AM)方式が主流となっている。 Liquid crystal display devices are being used for various electrical appliances for home use, measuring instruments, automobile panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, etc., including clocks and calculators. Typical liquid crystal display methods are TN (twisted nematic) type, STN (super twisted nematic) type, DS (dynamic light scattering) type, GH (guest host) type, IPS (in-plane switching) type. Type, OCB (optical compensation birefringence) type, ECB (voltage controlled birefringence) type, VA (vertical alignment) type, CSH (color super homeotropic) type, FLC (ferroelectric liquid crystal) and the like. .. Also, as the drive system, the conventional static drive is becoming more common, and the multiplex drive is becoming common, and the simple matrix system, and recently, the active matrix (AM) system driven by a TFT (thin film transistor), TFD (thin film diode), etc. has become the mainstream. ing.
 一般的なカラー液晶表示装置は、図1に示すように、それぞれ配向膜(4)を有する2枚の基板(1)の一方の配向膜と基板の間に、共通電極となる透明電極層(3a)及びカラーフィルタ層(2)を備え、もう一方の配向膜と基板の間に画素電極層(3b)備え、これらの基板を配向膜同士が対向するように配置し、その間に液晶層(5)を挟持して構成されている。 In a general color liquid crystal display device, as shown in FIG. 1, a transparent electrode layer (a common electrode) between two substrates (1) each having an alignment film (4) is used as a common electrode. 3a) and a color filter layer (2), and a pixel electrode layer (3b) between the other alignment film and the substrate. These substrates are arranged so that the alignment films face each other, and the liquid crystal layer ( 5) is sandwiched.
 前記カラーフィルタ層は、ブラックマトリックスと赤色着色層(R)、緑色着色層(G)、青色着色層(B)、及び必要に応じて黄色着色層(Y)から構成されるカラーフィルタにより構成され、色材としては顔料を微分散させた顔料分散レジストが使用されている。 The color filter layer is composed of a black matrix, a red color layer (R), a green color layer (G), a blue color layer (B), and, if necessary, a yellow color layer (Y). As the coloring material, a pigment dispersion resist in which a pigment is finely dispersed is used.
 一方近年カラー液晶表示装置の大型化に伴う消費電力の増大、高精細化に伴うカラーフィルタの開口率の低下という問題が生じており、その解決策としてカラーフィルタの輝度やコントラスト向上等が挙げられるが、従来使用されてきた顔料分散レジストでは輝度が頭打ちとなっておりさらなる高輝度化は難しく、また顔料粒子による光散乱に起因するコントラスト不足が指摘されている。 On the other hand, in recent years, problems such as an increase in power consumption accompanying the increase in size of color liquid crystal display devices and a decrease in the aperture ratio of color filters due to the increase in definition have arisen, and the solution is to improve the brightness and contrast of color filters. However, it has been pointed out that the conventional pigment-dispersed resists have reached a ceiling of brightness and it is difficult to achieve higher brightness, and that the contrast is insufficient due to light scattering by pigment particles.
 上記課題を解決する方法として、顔料に代えて染料を使用する方法が検討されている。染料は様々な分子構造が実用化されており、その中には高い輝度を有するものも知られている。また顔料のように粒子の状態ではないため、光散乱が抑制され高コントラストが期待される。 As a method of solving the above problems, a method of using a dye instead of a pigment is being studied. Various molecular structures of dyes have been put into practical use, and among them, those having high brightness are also known. Further, since it is not in the state of particles like pigments, light scattering is suppressed and high contrast is expected.
 しかしながら染料は顔料に比べて耐熱性に劣り、従来の液晶表示装置におけるポリイミド配向膜の焼成工程で分解してしまう懸念がある。またカラーフィルタ層に染料を使用する場合、不純物による液晶層への影響が想定される。 However, dyes are inferior in heat resistance to pigments, and there is a concern that they may decompose during the baking process of the polyimide alignment film in conventional liquid crystal display devices. When a dye is used for the color filter layer, it is expected that impurities will affect the liquid crystal layer.
 染料としてはフェノキシエーテル置換フタロシアニン系染料(特許文献1)、トリアリールメタン系染料(特許文献2)、キサンテン系染料(特許文献3)等が開示されているが、これらはカラーフィルタに使用される際の色材の構造と液晶材料の構造との直接的な関係については検討が行われておらず、液晶表示装置の表示不良問題の解決には至っていなかった。 Phenoxyether-substituted phthalocyanine dyes (Patent Document 1), triarylmethane dyes (Patent Document 2), xanthene dyes (Patent Document 3) and the like are disclosed as dyes, and these are used for color filters. The direct relationship between the structure of the color material and the structure of the liquid crystal material has not been examined, and the problem of display failure in the liquid crystal display device has not been solved.
 また近年では、配向膜層の製膜にかかるコストを省くため、また、液晶表示装置の製造工程を簡略化するため、配向膜層を有さない液晶表示装置の開発が進められている。具体的には、液晶分子に配向を付与する配向助剤を含む液晶組成物を封入し、これを配向膜層の置き換えとする検討がなされている。配向膜層はカラーフィルタ層等と液晶層の間に位置し、これら部材からの不純物の染み出しをある程度防いでいたが、前記液晶表示装置では、配向膜を有さないため、配向付与成分及び透明電極を介して、カラーフィルタ層に含まれる不純物により液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下による白抜け、配向むら、焼き付きなどの表示不良を発現する可能性がある。 In addition, in recent years, in order to save the cost for forming the alignment film layer and to simplify the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device, development of a liquid crystal display device without the alignment film layer has been advanced. Specifically, studies have been made to encapsulate a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid that imparts alignment to liquid crystal molecules and use this as a replacement for the alignment film layer. The alignment film layer was located between the color filter layer and the liquid crystal layer and prevented the impurities from seeping out from these members to some extent.However, since the liquid crystal display device does not have an alignment film, the alignment imparting component and Impurities contained in the color filter layer via the transparent electrode may cause display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and burn-in due to a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer.
 配向膜層を有さない液晶表示装置の開発として、液晶ディスプレイの表面またはセル壁での液晶組成物のホメオトロピック配向を達成する自己配向性重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を使用する方法(特許文献4、特許文献5)が開示されている。しかしながらこれらの方法ではカラーフィルタを構成する染顔料等の材料に含まれる不純物に起因した、液晶表示装置の表示不良の解決策は明示されていない。 As a development of a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film layer, a method of using a liquid crystal composition containing a self-aligning polymerizable compound that achieves homeotropic alignment of the liquid crystal composition on the surface or cell wall of a liquid crystal display (Patent Documents 4 and 5) are disclosed. However, in these methods, a solution to the display defect of the liquid crystal display device due to impurities contained in materials such as dyes and pigments that form the color filter is not specified.
 カラーフィルタを構成する顔料等に含まれる不純物に起因した表示不良を解決する方法として、カラーフィルタ中に含まれる有機不純物と液晶組成物の関係に着目し、この有機不純物の液晶層への溶解しにくさを液晶層に含まれる液晶分子の疎水性パラメーターによって表し、この疎水性パラメーターの値を一定値以上とする方法やこの疎水性パラメーターと液晶分子末端の-OCF基に相関関係があることから、液晶分子末端に-OCF基を有する液晶化合物を一定割合以上含有する液晶組成物とする方法(特許文献6)が開示されている。 As a method of solving a display defect caused by impurities contained in the pigment or the like constituting the color filter, attention is paid to the relationship between the organic impurities contained in the color filter and the liquid crystal composition, and the dissolution of the organic impurities in the liquid crystal layer. The difficulty is expressed by the hydrophobic parameter of the liquid crystal molecules contained in the liquid crystal layer, and the method of setting the value of the hydrophobic parameter to a certain value or more, and the correlation between the hydrophobic parameter and the -OCF 3 group at the end of the liquid crystal molecule. Discloses a method of preparing a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound having a —OCF 3 group at the terminal of a liquid crystal molecule in a certain proportion or more (Patent Document 6).
 しかしながら、当該引用文献の開示においても顔料中の不純物による液晶層への影響を抑えることが発明の本質となっており、カラーフィルタに使用される染顔料等の色材の構造と液晶材料の構造との直接的な関係については検討が行われておらず、カラーフィルタを構成する染顔料等の材料に含まれる不純物に起因した、液晶表示装置の表示不良問題の解決には至っていなかった。 However, even in the disclosure of the cited document, it is an essence of the invention to suppress the influence of impurities in the pigment on the liquid crystal layer, and the structure of the coloring material such as dye and pigment used for the color filter and the structure of the liquid crystal material are used. The direct relationship with the above has not been studied, and the problem of defective display of the liquid crystal display device due to impurities contained in materials such as dyes and pigments forming the color filter has not been solved.
米国特許第9581729号公報US Patent No. 9581729 特開2015-28121号公報JP, 2005-28121, A 特開2010-254964号公報JP, 2010-254964, A 特開2015-168826号公報JP, 2005-168826, A 国際公開第2016/114093号公報International Publication No. 2016/114093 特開2000-192040号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-192040
 本発明は、特定の液晶組成物と特定の染顔料を使用したカラーフィルタを配向膜を有さない液晶表示装置に用いることで、液晶表示装置製造工程における染顔料の分解および染顔料に含まれる不純物の液晶組成物への染み出しに起因する液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題を解決する液晶表示装置を提供することにある。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention uses a color filter using a specific liquid crystal composition and a specific dye/pigment in a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film, and is thus included in the dye/pigment decomposition and dye/pigment in the liquid crystal display device manufacturing process To provide a liquid crystal display device which prevents a decrease in voltage holding ratio (VHR) of a liquid crystal layer due to seepage of impurities into a liquid crystal composition and solves problems of display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and burning. It is in.
 本願発明者らは、上記課題を解決するためにカラーフィルタを構成するための染顔料等の色材及び配向膜を有さない液晶表示装置における液晶分子に配向を付与する配向助剤の組み合わせについて鋭意検討した結果、特定の構造の染顔料を使用したカラーフィルタを用いた液晶表示装置が、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付きなどの表示不良の問題を解決することを見出し本願発明の完成に至った。 In order to solve the above problems, the present inventors have proposed a combination of a coloring material such as a dye or pigment for forming a color filter and an alignment aid for imparting alignment to liquid crystal molecules in a liquid crystal display device having no alignment film. As a result of diligent studies, a liquid crystal display device using a color filter using a dye/pigment having a specific structure prevents a decrease in the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer and causes display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and burn-in. The inventors have found that the problem of (1) is solved and completed the present invention.
 即ち、本発明は、
 対向に配置された第一の基板及び第二の基板と、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板との間に充填された液晶層と、ブラックマトリックス及び少なくともRGB三色画素部から構成されるカラーフィルタと、を有し、
 前記液晶層が一般式(I)
That is, the present invention is
It is composed of a first substrate and a second substrate arranged to face each other, a liquid crystal layer filled between the first substrate and the second substrate, a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel portion. And a color filter,
The liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表す。)で表される化合物を10~50重量%含有し、一般式(II) (In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The compound represented by the general formula (II) is contained in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、B及びCはそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、m及びnはそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、m+n=1~4である。)で表される化合物を35~80重量%含有し、さらに、
配向助剤を含有し、
前記RGB三色画素部が、色材として、R画素部中にはジケトピロロピロール顔料及び油溶性赤色有機染料から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を含有し、G画素部中にはハロゲン化フタロシニアン顔料、フタロシアニン系緑色染料、フタロシアニン系青色染料とアゾ系黄色有機染料との混合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種を、B画素部中にはε型銅フタロシニアン顔料及びカチオン性青色有機染料から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を含有する、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板のうち少なくとも一方の基板表面に配向膜を備えておらず、液晶層に含まれる配向助剤又はそれらが重合した重合物から形成された配向制御層を有する液晶表示装置を提供する。
(In the formula, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. And Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and B and C may each independently be substituted with a fluorine atom, 1,4 A phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and m+n=1 to 4). % By weight,
Contains an orientation aid,
The RGB three-color pixel portion contains one or more selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and oil-soluble red organic dyes in the R pixel portion as a coloring material, and the G pixel portion contains halogenated compounds. At least one selected from the group consisting of a phthalocyanine pigment, a phthalocyanine-based green dye, a mixture of a phthalocyanine-based blue dye and an azo-yellow organic dye, and selected in the B pixel portion from an ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment and a cationic blue organic dye Which does not include an alignment film on the surface of at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate, and which contains one or more of There is provided a liquid crystal display device having an alignment control layer formed from the polymer.
図1は、液晶表示素子の一実施形態に模式的に示す分解斜視図である。FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing an embodiment of a liquid crystal display element. 図1におけるI線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。It is the top view which expanded the area|region enclosed by the I line in FIG.
 1     液晶表示素子
 AM    アクティブマトリクス基板
 CF    カラーフィルタ基板
 2     第1の基板
 3     第2の基板
 4     液晶層
 5     画素電極層
 6     共通電極層
 7     第1の偏光板
 8     第2の偏光板
 9     カラーフィルタ
 11    ゲートバスライン
 12    データバスライン
 13    画素電極
 14    Cs電極
 15    ソース電極
 16    ドレイン電極
 17    コンタクトホール
1 Liquid Crystal Display Element AM Active Matrix Substrate CF Color Filter Substrate 2 First Substrate 3 Second Substrate 4 Liquid Crystal Layer 5 Pixel Electrode Layer 6 Common Electrode Layer 7 First Polarizing Plate 8 Second Polarizing Plate 9 Color Filter 11 Gate Bus line 12 Data bus line 13 Pixel electrode 14 Cs electrode 15 Source electrode 16 Drain electrode 17 Contact hole
 本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を図2に示す。配向膜を有さない第一の基板と第二の基板の2枚の基板(1)の一方に、共通電極となる透明電極層(3a)及び特定の顔料及び特定の化合物を含有するカラーフィルタ層(2a)を備え、もう一方の基板に画素電極層(3b)備え、これらの基板の間に特定の液晶組成物と液晶分子に配向を付与する配向助剤を含有する液晶層(5a)を挟持して構成されている。 An example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is shown in FIG. A color filter containing a transparent electrode layer (3a) serving as a common electrode and a specific pigment and a specific compound on one of two substrates (1) having no alignment film, a first substrate and a second substrate. A liquid crystal layer (5a) comprising a layer (2a), a pixel electrode layer (3b) on the other substrate, and a specific liquid crystal composition and an alignment aid for imparting alignment to liquid crystal molecules between these substrates. It is constituted by sandwiching.
 前記表示装置における2枚の基板は、周辺領域に配置されたシール材及び封止材によって貼り合わされていて、多くの場合その間には基板間距離を保持するために粒状スペーサーまたはフォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されている。
<液晶層>
 前記液晶層が一般式(I)
The two substrates in the display device are bonded together by a sealing material and a sealing material arranged in a peripheral region, and in many cases, they are formed by a granular spacer or a photolithography method in order to maintain a distance between the substrates. Spacer columns made of resin are arranged.
<Liquid crystal layer>
The liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表す。)で表される化合物を10~50重量%含有し、一般式(II) (In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The compound represented by the general formula (II) is contained in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、B及びCはそれぞれ独立してフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、m及びnはそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、m+n=1~4である。)で表される化合物を35~80重量%含有する液晶組成物から構成される。 (In the formula, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. And Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and B and C may each independently be fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene. Group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and m+n=1 to 4). It is composed of the contained liquid crystal composition.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(I)で表される化合物を10~50重量%含有するが、12~48重量%含有することが好ましく、14~45重量%含有することがより好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention contains 10 to 50% by weight of the compound represented by the general formula (I), preferably 12 to 48% by weight, and 14 to 45% by weight. Is more preferable.
 一般式(I)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましく、
 炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~4のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、
 Rがアルキル基を表すことが好ましいが、この場合炭素原子数2、3又は4のアルキル基が特に好ましい。Rが炭素原子数3のアルキル基を表す場合には、Rは炭素原子数2、4又は5のアルキル基、または炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基である場合が好ましく、Rは炭素原子数2のアルキル基である場合がより好ましい。
In formula (I), R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. Represents an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, which is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl having 2 to 5 carbon atoms It preferably represents an oxy group,
More preferably, it represents an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms,
It is preferred that R 1 represents an alkyl group, in which case an alkyl group having 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. When R 1 represents an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms, R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 2, 4 or 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and R 2 is More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
 R及びRの少なくとも一方の基が炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基である一般式(I)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の50重量%以上であることが好ましく、70重量%以上がより好ましく、80重量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。又、R及びRの少なくとも一方の基が炭素原子数3のアルキル基である一般式(I)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の50重量%以上であることが好ましく、70重量%以上がより好ましく、80重量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、100重量%であることが最も好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms is 50 in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably at least wt%, more preferably at least 70 wt%, and even more preferably at least 80 wt%. The content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in which at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms is 50% in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably not less than 70% by weight, more preferably not less than 70% by weight, further preferably not less than 80% by weight, most preferably not more than 100% by weight.
 一般式(I)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(Ia)~一般式(Ig)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (Ia) to the general formula (Ig) described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すが、一般式(I)におけるR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 一般式(Ia)~一般式(If)において、一般式(Ia)、一般式(Ib)、及び一般式(Ic)、が好ましく、一般式(Ia)及び一般式(Ib)がより好ましい。応答速度を重視する場合には一般式(Ib)及び一般式(Ic)が好ましく、一般式(Ib)及び一般式(Ic)を組み合わせて用いるのがより好ましい。信頼性を重視する場合には、一般式(Ia)が好ましい。
(Wherein, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (I) Similar embodiments are preferred.)
In general formulas (Ia) to (If), general formula (Ia), general formula (Ib), and general formula (Ic) are preferable, and general formula (Ia) and general formula (Ib) are more preferable. When importance is attached to the response speed, the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) are preferable, and it is more preferable to use the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) in combination. When importance is placed on reliability, the general formula (Ia) is preferable.
 これらの点から、一般式(Ia)、一般式(Ib)及び一般式(Ic)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の80重量%以上であることが好ましく、90重量%以上がより好ましく、95重量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、100重量%であることが最も好ましい。又、一般式(Ia)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の65重量%~100重量%であり、一般式(Ib)及び一般式(Ic)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の0重量%~35重量%であるか、又は一般式(Ia)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の0重量%~10重量%であり、一般式(Ib)及び一般式(Ic)で表される化合物の含有量が、一般式(I)で表される化合物中の90重量%~100重量%であることが好ましい。 From these points, the content of the compounds represented by the general formula (Ia), the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) is 80% by weight or more in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably 90% by weight or more, more preferably 95% by weight or more, and most preferably 100% by weight. Further, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Ia) is 65% by weight to 100% by weight in the compound represented by the general formula (I), and the content of the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) is The content of the compound represented by general formula (I) is 0 wt% to 35 wt% in the compound represented by general formula (I), or the content of the compound represented by general formula (Ia) is The content of the compound represented by the general formula (Ib) and the general formula (Ic) is 0 to 10% by weight in the compound represented by the general formula (I). It is preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight in the compound.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(I-1)で表される化合物を0~35重量%含有しても良く、より好ましくは0~32重量%含有しても良く、さらに好ましくは1~30重量%含有しても良い。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain the compound represented by the general formula (I-1) in an amount of 0 to 35% by weight, more preferably 0 to 32% by weight, and Preferably, the content may be 1 to 30% by weight.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 一般式(I-1)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、
 Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましく、
 炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~5のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、Rはアルキル基を表すことが好ましいが、この場合炭素原子数1、3又は5のアルキル基が特に好ましい。さらに、Rは炭素原子数1、2又は4のアルコキシ基を表すことが好ましい。
In formula (I-1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or Represents an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms,
R 1 preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms,
It is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or carbon. It is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. , R 1 preferably represents an alkyl group, in which case an alkyl group having 1, 3 or 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. Further, R 2 preferably represents an alkoxy group having 1, 2 or 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(I-1)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(I-1h)~一般式(I-1k)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (I-1) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I-1h) to the general formula (I-1k) described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すが、一般式(I-1)におけるR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II)で表される化合物を35~80重量%含有するが、40~75重量%含有することが好ましく、42~70重量%含有することがより好ましい。
(Wherein, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R 1 and R in the general formula (I-1) An embodiment similar to 2 is preferred.)
The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention contains the compound represented by the general formula (II) in an amount of 35 to 80% by weight, preferably 40 to 75% by weight, and 42 to 70% by weight. Is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、B及びCはそれぞれ独立してフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、m及びnはそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、m+n=1~4である。)
 一般式(II)において、Rは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2または3のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数2又は3のアルキル基または炭素原子数2のアルケニル基を表すことが特に好ましく、炭素原子数2又は3のアルキル基を表すことが最も好ましい。
(In the formula, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. And Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and B and C may each independently be fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene. Or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and m+n=1 to 4.)
In the general formula (II), R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferable to represent an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms. Particularly preferably, it most preferably represents an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
 Rは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数2~4のアルコキシ基を表すことがさらに好ましい。 R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon atom. More preferably, it represents an alkoxy group of the formula 2-4.
 Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表すが、単結合、-CHCH-、-COO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表すことが好ましく、単結合、-CHCH-又は-CHO-を表すことがより好ましい。 Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH. 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -OCF 2 -or -CF 2 O- is represented by a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -OCF. 2 - or preferably representing a -CF 2 O-, single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 - or more preferably represents -CH 2 O-.
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すのが好ましく、0~2の整数を表すのが好ましく、m+nは1~3であるのが好ましく、1~2であるのが好ましい。 Preferably, m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and m+n is preferably 1 to 3 and preferably 1 to 2.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II)で表される化合物を3種~10種含有することができるが、4種~9種含有することが好ましく、5種~8種含有することが好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain 3 to 10 kinds of the compound represented by the general formula (II), preferably 4 to 9 kinds, and preferably 5 to 8 kinds. It is preferable to contain.
 一般式(II)で表される化合物として、以下の一般式(II-1)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (II), it is preferable to contain a compound represented by the following general formula (II-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Zは単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、m1は0又は1を表す。 In the formula, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents an alkenyloxy group, Z 5 is a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2 Represents —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and m1 represents 0 or 1.
 一般式(II-1)において、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基を表すことが特に好ましく、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことが特に好ましく、Zは単結合、-CHCH-、-COO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は-CHO-を表すことがより好ましい。 In the general formula (II-1), R 3 preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms. , R 4 preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, Z 5 is a single bond, —CH 2 It is preferably CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, more preferably a single bond or —CH 2 O—.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II-1)で表される化合物を3重量%~60重量%含有することが好ましく、5重量%~55重量%含有することが好ましく8重量%~50重量%含有することが好ましく、10重量%~40重量%含有することが特に好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably contains the compound represented by the general formula (II-1) in an amount of 3% by weight to 60% by weight, preferably 5% by weight to 55% by weight. The content is preferably 50% by weight to 50% by weight, particularly preferably 10% by weight to 40% by weight.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II-1)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することができるが、1種~6種含有することが好ましく、2種~5種含有することが好ましく、3種又は4種含有することが好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain one or more compounds represented by formula (II-1), but preferably contains one to six compounds. It is preferable to contain 5 to 5 kinds, preferably 3 kinds or 4 kinds.
 一般式(II-1)で表される化合物としては、具体的には次に記載する一般式(II-1a)~一般式(II-1d)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (II-1), specifically, compounds represented by the general formulas (II-1a) to (II-1d) described below are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式中、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表し、R4aは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)
 一般式(II-1a)及び一般式(II-1c)においてRは、一般式(II-1)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4aは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 4a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
In the general formula (II-1a) and the general formula (II-1c), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1). R 4a is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-1b)及び一般式(II-1d)においてRは、一般式(II-1)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4aは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (II-1b) and the general formula (II-1d), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1). R 4a is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-1a)~一般式(II-1d)の中でも、誘電率異方性の絶対値を増大するためには、一般式(II-1a)及び一般式(II-1c)が好ましく、一般式(II-1a)が好ましい。 Among the general formulas (II-1a) to (II-1d), the general formulas (II-1a) and (II-1c) are preferable in order to increase the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy. And the general formula (II-1a) is preferable.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II-1a)~一般式(II-1d)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、1種又は2種含有することが好ましく、一般式(II-1a)で表される化合物を1種又は2種含有することが好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formulas (II-1a) to (II-1d), and preferably contains one or two compounds. And preferably contains one or two compounds represented by general formula (II-1a).
 また、一般式(II-1)で表される化合物としては、具体的には次に記載する一般式(II-1e)~一般式(II-1h)で表される化合物も好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (II-1), specifically, compounds represented by the general formulas (II-1e) to (II-1h) described below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式中、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表し、R4bは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)
 一般式(II-1e)及び一般式(II-1g)においてRは、一般式(II-1)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4bは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 4b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
In the general formula (II-1e) and the general formula (II-1g), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1). R 4b is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-1f)及び一般式(II-1h)においてRは、一般式(II-1)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4bは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (II-1f) and the general formula (II-1h), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-1). R 4b is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-1e)~一般式(II-1f)の中でも、誘電率異方性の絶対値を増大するためには、一般式(II-1e)及び一般式(II-1g)が好ましい。 Among the general formulas (II-1e) to (II-1f), the general formulas (II-1e) and (II-1g) are preferable in order to increase the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 一般式(II-2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、Dはフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、m2及びn2はそれぞれ独立して0又は1を表す。 In formula (II-2), R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. Represents an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 atoms, Z 6 and Z 7 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 Represents a —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and D may be a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group Alternatively, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, and m2 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
 一般式(II-2)において、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数2又は3のアルキル基を表すことが特に好ましく、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (II-2), R 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. Particularly preferably, R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 一般式(II-2)において、Zは単結合、-CHCH-、-COO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は-CHO-を表すことがより好ましい。 In the general formula (II-2), Z 6 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—. Is preferred, and a single bond or —CH 2 O— is more preferred.
 一般式(II-2)において、Zは単結合、-CHCH-、-COO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は-CHCH-を表すことがより好ましい。 In the general formula (II-2), Z 7 represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—. Is preferred, and more preferably a single bond or —CH 2 CH 2 —.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(II-2)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましいが、1種~6種含有することがより好ましく、2種~5種含有することがさらに好ましく、3種又は4種含有することが特に好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (II-2), more preferably one to six compounds. It is more preferable to contain 3 to 4 kinds, and it is particularly preferable to contain 3 or 4 kinds.
 一般式(II-2)で表される化合物としては、具体的には次に記載する一般式(II-2a)~一般式(II-2d)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (II-2), specifically, compounds represented by the general formulas (II-2a) to (II-2d) described below are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式中、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表し、R4cは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表すが、一般式(II-2)におけるR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 一般式(II-2a)及び一般式(II-2c)においてRは、一般式(II-2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4cは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 4c represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. An embodiment similar to R 3 and R 4 in 2) is preferable.)
In the general formula (II-2a) and the general formula (II-2c), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2). R 4c is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-2b)及び一般式(II-2d)においてRは、一般式(II-2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4cは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (II-2b) and the general formula (II-2d), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2). R 4c is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-2a)~一般式(II-2d)の中でも、誘電率異方性の絶対値を増大するためには、一般式(II-2a)及び一般式(II-2c)が好ましく、特に一般式(II-2a)が好ましい。 Among the general formulas (II-2a) to (II-2d), the general formula (II-2a) and the general formula (II-2c) are preferable for increasing the absolute value of the dielectric anisotropy. In particular, the general formula (II-2a) is preferable.
 また、一般式(II-2)で表される化合物としては、具体的には次に記載する一般式(II-2e)~一般式(II-2l)で表される化合物も好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (II-2), specifically, compounds represented by the general formulas (II-2e) to (II-21) described below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(上記一般式(II-2e)~一般式(II-2l)中、Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表し、R4dは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表すが、一般式(II-2)におけるそれぞれR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 一般式(II-2e)、一般式(II-2g)及び一般式(II-2i)においてRは、一般式(II-2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。
(In the general formulas (II-2e) to (II-21), R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 4d represents the number of carbon atoms. (Although the alkyl groups 1 to 5 are represented, preferred embodiments are the same as R 3 and R 4 in the general formula (II-2), respectively.)
In the general formula (II-2e), the general formula (II-2g) and the general formula (II-2i), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2). R 4d is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-2f)、一般式(II-2h)及び一般式(II-2j)においてRは、一般式(II-2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (II-2f), the general formula (II-2h) and the general formula (II-2j), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2). R 4d is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
 一般式(II-2k)及び一般式(II-2l)において、Rは、一般式(II-2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R4dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~2のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基、又は炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (II-2k) and the general formula (II-21), R 3 is preferably the same embodiment as in the general formula (II-2). R 4d is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, and more preferably a carbon atom. An alkyl group having 2 or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
 一般式(II-2e)~一般式(II-2l)の中でも、一般式(II-2e)、一般式(II-2h)及び一般式(II-2k)が好ましい。 Among general formulas (II-2e) to general formula (II-21), general formula (II-2e), general formula (II-2h) and general formula (II-2k) are preferable.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、一般式(I)及び一般式(II)で表される化合物の合計含有量が75重量%~100重量%であるのが好ましく、80重量%~100重量%であるのが好ましく、80重量%~95重量%であるのが好ましく、80重量%~100重量%であるのが好ましく、95重量%~100重量%であるのが好ましい。 In the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (I) and (II) is preferably 75% by weight to 100% by weight, and 80% by weight to 100% by weight. It is preferably in the range of 80% by weight, preferably in the range of 80% by weight to 95% by weight, more preferably in the range of 80% by weight to 100% by weight, and preferably in the range of 95% by weight to 100% by weight.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、更に、一般式(III)で表される化合物を含有することもできる。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may further contain a compound represented by the general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、D、E及びFはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレンを表し、Zは単結合、-OCH-、-OCO-、-CHO-又は-COO-、-OCO-を表し、nは0、1又は2を表す。ただし、一般式(I)、一般式(II-1)及び一般式(II-2)で表される化合物は除く。)
 一般式(III)で表される化合物は1~20%含有することが好ましく、2~15%含有することが好ましく、4~10%含有することが好ましい。
(In the formula, R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. 8 is an alkenyloxy group, D, E and F are each independently a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, and Z 2 is a single bond. , —OCH 2 —, —OCO—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—, —OCO—, and n represents 0, 1 or 2. provided that the formula (I) or the formula (II-1) ) And compounds represented by the general formula (II-2) are excluded.)
The compound represented by the general formula (III) is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 20%, preferably 2 to 15%, and more preferably 4 to 10%.
 一般式(III)において、D、E及びFはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレンを表すが、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレンを表すことが好ましく、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基又は2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-フェニレン基がより好ましく、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。 In the general formula (III), D, E and F each independently represent a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, but 2-fluoro-1 , 4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene is preferred, and 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group Alternatively, a 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is more preferable, and a 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferable.
 一般式(III)において、Rは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、
Dがトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレンを表す場合、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2又は3のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基を表すことが特に好ましく、
Dがフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基を表す場合、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数4又は5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数2~4のアルキル基を表すことがさらに好ましい。
In the general formula (III), R 7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents,
When D represents trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, it preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group or carbon having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred,
When D represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be substituted with fluorine, it preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 or 5 carbon atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 carbon atoms, and it is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(III)において、Rは炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数3~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、
Fがトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレンを表す場合、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2又は3のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基を表すことが特に好ましく、
Fがフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基を表す場合、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数4又は5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数2~4のアルキル基を表すことがさらに好ましい。
In the general formula (III), R 8 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents,
When F represents trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, it is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group or carbon having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred,
When F represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be fluorine-substituted, it preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 or 5 carbon atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 carbon atoms, and it is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(III)において、R及びRがアルケニル基を表し、結合するD又はFがフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基を表す場合す場合、炭素原子数4又は5のアルケニル基としては以下の構造が好ましい。 In the general formula (III), when R 7 and R 8 represent an alkenyl group, and D or F to be bonded represents a 1,4-phenylene group which may be fluorine-substituted, it has 4 or 5 carbon atoms. The following structure is preferable as the alkenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(上記式中、環構造へは右端で結合するものとする。)
この場合においても、炭素原子数4のアルケニル基がさらに好ましい。
(In the above formula, the ring structure is bound at the right end.)
Also in this case, an alkenyl group having 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 一般式(III)において、Zは単結合、-OCH-、-OCO-、-CHO-又は-COO-を表すが、単結合、-CHO-又は-COO-を表すことが好ましく、単結合がより好ましい。 In the general formula (III), Z 2 is a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - OCO - , - CH 2 O- or represents a -COO-, single bond, represent a -CH 2 O-or -COO- Is preferred, and a single bond is more preferred.
 一般式(III)において、nは0、1又は2を表すが、0又は1を表すことが好ましい。また、Zが単結合以外の置換基を表す場合、1を表すことが好ましい。 In the general formula (III), n represents 0, 1 or 2, but preferably 0 or 1. Moreover, when Z 2 represents a substituent other than a single bond, it is preferably 1;
 一般式(III)で表される化合物は、nが1を表す場合において、負の誘電率異方性を大きくする観点からは、下記一般式(III-1c)~一般式(III-1e)で表される化合物が好ましく、応答速度を速くする観点からは、一般式(III-1f)~一般式(III-1j)で表される化合物が好ましい。 When n is 1, the compound represented by the general formula (III) has the following general formulas (III-1c) to (III-1e) from the viewpoint of increasing the negative dielectric anisotropy. The compound represented by the formula (1) is preferable, and from the viewpoint of increasing the response speed, the compounds represented by the general formulas (III-1f) to (III-1j) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(一般式(III-1f)~一般式(III-1j)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すが、一般式(III)におけるR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 一般式(III)で表される化合物は、nが2を表す場合、負の誘電率異方性を大きくする観点からは、一般式(III-2a)~一般式(III-2h)で表される化合物が好ましく、応答速度を速くする観点からは、一般式(II-2j)~一般式(III-2l)で表される化合物が好ましい。
(In the general formulas (III-1f) to (III-1j), R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. (Although it represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 atoms, an embodiment similar to R 7 and R 8 in the general formula (III) is preferable.)
When n is 2, the compound represented by the general formula (III) is represented by the general formula (III-2a) to the general formula (III-2h) from the viewpoint of increasing the negative dielectric anisotropy. The compound represented by formula (II-2j) to formula (III-21) is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the response speed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(一般式(III-2j)~一般式(III-2l)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すが、一般式(III)におけるR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 一般式(III)で表される化合物は、nが0を表す場合、応答速度を速くする観点からは、一般式(III-3b)で表される化合物が好ましい。
(In the general formulas (III-2j) to (III-21), R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. (Although it represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 atoms, an embodiment similar to R 7 and R 8 in the general formula (III) is preferable.)
When n is 0, the compound represented by the general formula (III) is preferably the compound represented by the general formula (III-3b) from the viewpoint of increasing the response speed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(一般式(III-3b)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基を表すが、一般式(III)におけるR及びRと同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
 Rは炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基がより好ましい。Rは炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。
(In the general formula (III-3b), R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. However, an embodiment similar to R 7 and R 8 in the general formula (III) is preferable.
R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms. R 8 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)を幅広い範囲で使用することができるものであるが、60から120℃であることが好ましく、70から100℃がより好ましく、70から85℃が特に好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can use a nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T ni ) in a wide range, but is preferably 60 to 120° C., and 70 To 100°C is more preferable, and 70 to 85°C is particularly preferable.
 誘電率異方性は、25℃において、-2.0から-6.0であることが好ましく、-2.5から-5.0であることがより好ましく、-2.5から-4.0であることが特に好ましい。 The dielectric anisotropy at 25° C. is preferably −2.0 to −6.0, more preferably −2.5 to −5.0, and −2.5 to −4. Particularly preferably 0.
 屈折率異方性は、25℃において、0.08から0.13であることが好ましいが、0.09から0.12であることがより好ましい。更に詳述すると、薄いセルギャップに対応する場合は0.10から0.12であることが好ましく、厚いセルギャップに対応する場合は0.08から0.10であることが好ましい。 The refractive index anisotropy at 25° C. is preferably 0.08 to 0.13, more preferably 0.09 to 0.12. More specifically, it is preferably 0.10 to 0.12 when it corresponds to a thin cell gap, and 0.08 to 0.10 when it corresponds to a thick cell gap.
 回転粘度(γ1)は150以下が好ましく、130以下がより好ましく、120以下が特に好ましい。 The rotational viscosity (γ1) is preferably 150 or less, more preferably 130 or less, and particularly preferably 120 or less.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層においては、回転粘度と屈折率異方性の関数であるZが特定の値を示すことが好ましい。 In the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, it is preferable that Z, which is a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy, has a specific value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000034
(式中、γ1は回転粘度を表し、Δnは屈折率異方性を表す。)
Zは、13000以下が好ましく、12000以下がより好ましく、11000以下が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, γ1 represents rotational viscosity, and Δn represents refractive index anisotropy.)
Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、アクティブマトリクス表示素子に使用する場合においては、1012(Ω・cm)以上の比抵抗を有することが必要であり、1013(Ω・cm)が好ましく、1014(Ω・cm)以上がより好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is required to have a specific resistance of 10 12 (Ω·cm) or more when used for an active matrix display element, and 10 13 (Ω·cm) is preferable. It is more preferably 10 14 (Ω·cm) or more.
 本発明の液晶表示装置における液晶層は、上述の化合物以外に、用途に応じて、通常のネマチック液晶、スメクチック液晶、コレステリック液晶、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、重合性モノマーなどを含有しても良い。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention may contain a usual nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a polymerizable monomer, etc., in addition to the above-mentioned compounds. good.
 重合性モノマーとしては下記一般式(P)で表される重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。かかる重合性化合物は、液晶分子に所定のプレチルト角を付与する機能を有する。なお、液晶組成物は、この重合性化合物を2種以上含有することもできる。 The polymerizable monomer preferably contains a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (P). The polymerizable compound has a function of imparting a predetermined pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules. The liquid crystal composition may contain two or more kinds of this polymerizable compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(P)中、Rp1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基又は-Spp2-Pp2を表す。ただし、アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。また、アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されてもよい。 In the formula (P), R p1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or —Sp p2 —P p2 . However, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — present in the alkyl group are each independently —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO. It may be substituted with -or -OCO-. In addition, one or more hydrogen atoms present in the alkyl group may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
 Pp1及びPp2は、それぞれ独立して、下記一般式(Pp1-1)~式(Pp1-9)のいずれかを表す。 P p1 and P p2 each independently represent one of the following general formulas (P p1 -1) to formula (P p1 -9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 (式中、Rp11及びRp12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Wp11は、単結合、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、又は-CH-を表し、tp11は、0、1又は2を表すが、分子内にRp11、Rp12、Wp11及び/又はtp11が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なってもよい。)
 Spp1及びSpp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又はスペーサ基を表す。
(In the formula, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, Represents —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —CH 2 —, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2, but R p11 , R p12 , W p11 and/or t p11 are in the molecule. When there are a plurality of them, they may be the same or different.)
Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group.
 Zp1及びZp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NRZP1-、-NRZP1-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-CH=CRZP1-COO-、-CH=CRZP1-OCO-、-COO-CRZP1=CH-、-OCO-CRZP1=CH-、-COO-CRZP1=CH-COO-、-COO-CRZP1=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRZP1=CH-COO-、-OCO-CRZP1=CH-OCO-、-(CH-COO-、-(CH-OCO-、-OCO-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-(式中、RZP1は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表すが、分子内にRZP1が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なってもよい。)を表す。 Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCOO—, —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —CO—NR ZP1 —, —NR ZP1 —CO—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S -, - CH = CR ZP1 -COO -, - CH = CR ZP1 -OCO -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH-OCO -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-OCO -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO -, - OCO- (CH 2) 2 -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - CF = CH -, - CH = CF —, —CF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— (wherein R ZP1 Each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, but when a plurality of R ZP1's are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different.
 Ap1、Ap2及びAp3は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、-O-で置換されてもよい。)
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)及び
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-1,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基又はアントラセン-2,6-ジイル基(これらの基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基(前記基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)は、それぞれ独立して、この基中に存在する水素原子が、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルケニル基、シアノ基又は-Spp2-Pp2で置換されてもよい。)を表す。
A p1 , A p2 and A p3 are each independently
(A p )1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in this group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other may be substituted with —O—. )
(B p ) 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or two or more —CH═ which are not adjacent to each other may be substituted with —N═) and ( c p) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, a naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-1,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydro Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or anthracene-2,6-diyl group (one --CH= present in these groups or two or more non-adjacent --) CH= may be substituted with -N=.)
Group selected from the group consisting of (said group (a p), group (b p) and group (c p) are each independently hydrogen atoms present in this group, a halogen atom, carbon atom 1 Represents an alkyl group having 8 to 8 or an alkenyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or -Sp p2- P p2 ).
 mp1は、0、1、2又は3を表す。 m p1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
 分子内にZp1、Ap2、Spp2及び/又はPp2が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なってもよい。ただし、Ap3は、mp1が0で、Ap1が基(c)で表される基である場合、単結合であっても良い。 When multiple Z p1 , A p2 , Sp p2 and/or P p2 are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different. However, A p3 is the m p1 is 0, is a group A p1 is represented by group (c p), may be a single bond.
 なお、重合性化合物からは、配向助剤を除く。 Note that the alignment aid is excluded from the polymerizable compound.
 Rp1は、-Spp2-Pp2であることが好ましい。 R p1 is preferably —Sp p2 —P p2 .
 Pp1及びPp2は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(Pp1-1)~式(Pp1-3)のいずれかであることが好ましく、(Pp1-1)であることがより好ましい。 It is preferable that P p1 and P p2 are each independently one of the formulas (P p1 -1) to (P p1 -3), and more preferably (P p1 -1).
 Rp11及びRp12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 R p11 and R p12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 tp11は、0又は1であることが好ましい。 tp11 is preferably 0 or 1.
 Wp11は、単結合、-CH-又は-C-であることが好ましい。 W p11 is preferably a single bond, —CH 2 — or —C 2 H 4 —.
 mp1は、0、1又は2であることが好ましく、0又は1であることが好ましい。 m p1 is preferably 0, 1 or 2, and is preferably 0 or 1.
 Zp1及びZp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-COCO-、-CCOO-、-CH=CH-、-CF-、-CFO-、-(CH-COO-、-(CH-OCO-、-OCO-(CH-、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-、-COO-(CH-、-OCF-又は-C≡C-であることが好ましく、単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-COCO-、-CCOO-、-CH=CH-、-(CH-COO-、-(CH-OCO-、-OCO-(CH-、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-、-COO-(CH-又は-C≡C-であることがより好ましい。 Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —COOC 2 H 4 -, -OCOC 2 H 4 -, -C 2 H 4 OCO-, -C 2 H 4 COO-, -CH=CH-, -CF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -(CH 2 ) 2 -COO -, -(CH 2 ) 2 -OCO-, -OCO-(CH 2 ) 2 -, -CH=CH-COO-, -COO-CH=CH-, -OCOCH=CH-, -COO-(CH 2 ) 2 —, —OCF 2 — or —C≡C— is preferred, and a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, — COOC 2 H 4 -, -OCOC 2 H 4 -, -C 2 H 4 OCO-, -C 2 H 4 COO-, -CH=CH-, -(CH 2 ) 2 -COO-, -(CH 2 ) 2 —OCO—, —OCO—(CH 2 ) 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCOCH═CH—, —COO—(CH 2 ) 2 — or —C≡ It is more preferably C-.
 なお、分子内に存在するZp1及びZp2の1つのみが-OCH-、-CHO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-COCO-、-CCOO-、-CH=CH-、-(CH-COO-、-(CH-OCO-、-OCO-(CH-、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-、-COO-(CH-又は-C≡C-であり、他がすべて単結合であることが好ましく、分子内に存在するZp1及びZp2の1つのみが、-OCH-、-CHO-、-C-、-COO-又は-OCO-であり、他がすべて単結合であることがより好ましく、分子内に存在するZp1及びZp2のすべてが単結合であることがさらに好ましい。 Note that only one of Z p1 and Z p2 existing in the molecule is —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —COOC 2 H 4 —, -OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO -, - OCO-(CH 2 ) 2 -, -CH=CH-COO-, -COO-CH=CH-, -OCOCH=CH-, -COO-(CH 2 ) 2 -or -C≡C-, and others Are all single bonds, and only one of Z p1 and Z p2 present in the molecule is —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO— or —OCO. It is more preferable that all of them are a single bond, and that all of Z p1 and Z p2 existing in the molecule are single bonds.
 また、分子内に存在するZp1及びZp2の1つのみが、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-(CH-COO-、-(CH-OCO-、-O-CO-(CH-、-COO-(CH-からなる群から選択される連結基であり、他がすべて単結合であることが好ましい。 Further, only one of Z p1 and Z p2 existing in the molecule is —CH═CH—COO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —(CH 2 ) 2 —COO—, —(CH 2 ) 2 It is preferably a linking group selected from the group consisting of —OCO—, —O—CO—(CH 2 ) 2 —, and —COO—(CH 2 ) 2 —, and all others are single bonds.
 Spp1及びSpp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又はスペーサ基を表すが、スペーサ基は、炭素原子数1~30のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。ただし、アルキレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子同士が直接連結しない限りにおいて-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-又は-C≡C-で置換されてもよく、アルキレン基中の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されてもよい。 Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group, and the spacer group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. However, —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is substituted with —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CH═CH— or —C≡C— unless oxygen atoms are directly linked. The hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be replaced with a halogen atom.
 中でも、Spp1及びSpp2は、それぞれ独立して、直鎖の炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基又は単結合であることが好ましい。 Among them, Sp p1 and Sp p2 are preferably each independently a linear alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a single bond.
 Ap1、Ap2及びAp3は、それぞれ独立して、1,4-フェニレン基又は1,4-シクロヘキシレン基であることが好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基であることがより好ましい。 A p1 , A p2, and A p3 are each independently preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, and more preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
 1,4-フェニレン基は、液晶分子(液晶化合物)との相溶性を改善するために、1個のフッ素原子、1個のメチル基又は1個のメトキシ基で置換されていることが好ましい。 The 1,4-phenylene group is preferably substituted with one fluorine atom, one methyl group or one methoxy group in order to improve the compatibility with liquid crystal molecules (liquid crystal compounds).
 液晶組成物中に含まれる重合性化合物の量は、0.05~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~8質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~5質量%であることがさらに好ましく、0.1~3質量%であることがさらに好ましく、0.2~2質量%であることがさらに好ましく、0.2~1.3質量%であることがさらに好ましく、0.2~1質量%であることが特に好ましく、0.2~0.56質量%であることが最も好ましい。 The amount of the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 8% by mass, and 0.1 to 5% by mass. It is more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, further preferably 0.2 to 2% by mass, further preferably 0.2 to 1.3% by mass, and 0. It is particularly preferably 0.2 to 1% by mass, and most preferably 0.2 to 0.56% by mass.
 その好ましい下限値は、0.01質量%であり、0.03質量%であり、0.05質量%であり、0.08質量%であり、0.1質量%であり、0.15質量%であり、0.2質量%であり、0.25質量%であり、0.3質量%である。一方、その好ましい上限値は、10質量%であり、8質量%であり、5質量%であり、3質量%であり、1.5質量%であり、1.2質量%であり、1質量%であり、0.8質量%であり、0.5質量%である。 The preferable lower limit values thereof are 0.01% by mass, 0.03% by mass, 0.05% by mass, 0.08% by mass, 0.1% by mass and 0.15% by mass. %, 0.2% by mass, 0.25% by mass, and 0.3% by mass. On the other hand, the preferable upper limit values are 10% by mass, 8% by mass, 5% by mass, 3% by mass, 1.5% by mass, 1.2% by mass, and 1% by mass. %, 0.8% by mass, and 0.5% by mass.
 重合性化合物の量が少ないと、重合性化合物を液晶組成物に加える効果が現れにくく、例えば液晶分子や配向助剤の種類等によっては、液晶分子の配向規制力が弱い又は経時的に弱くなってしまう等の問題が生じる場合がある。一方、重合性化合物の量が多過ぎると、例えば紫外線の照度等によっては、重合性化合物が硬化後に残存する量が多くなる、硬化に時間がかかる、液晶組成物の信頼性が低下する等の問題が生じる場合がある。このため、これらのバランスを考慮して、重合性化合物の量を設定することが好ましい。 When the amount of the polymerizable compound is small, the effect of adding the polymerizable compound to the liquid crystal composition is difficult to appear, and for example, depending on the type of the liquid crystal molecule or the alignment aid, the alignment regulating force of the liquid crystal molecule is weak or weak with time. Problems such as being lost may occur. On the other hand, if the amount of the polymerizable compound is too large, for example, depending on the illuminance of ultraviolet rays, the amount of the polymerizable compound remaining after curing increases, the curing takes time, and the reliability of the liquid crystal composition decreases. There may be problems. Therefore, it is preferable to set the amount of the polymerizable compound in consideration of these balances.
 一般式(P)で表される重合性化合物の好ましい例としては、下記式(P-1-1)~式(P-1-46)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-1-1) to (P-1-46).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式中、Pp11、Pp12、Spp11及びSpp12は、一般式(P)におけるPp1、Pp2、Spp1及びSpp2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, P p11 , P p12 , Sp p11, and Sp p12 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1, and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
 また、一般式(P)で表される重合性化合物の好ましい例としては、下記式(P-2-1)~式(P-2-12)で表される重合性化合物も挙げられる。 Further, preferred examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) also include the polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-2-1) to (P-2-12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式中、Pp21、Pp22、Spp21及びSpp22は、一般式(P)におけるPp1、Pp2、Spp1及びSpp2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, P p21 , P p22 , Sp p21, and Sp p22 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1, and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
 さらに、一般式(P)で表される重合性化合物の好ましい例としては、下記式(P-3-1)~式(P-3-15)で表される重合性化合物も挙げられる。 Further, preferable examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) also include the polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-3-1) to (P-3-15).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式中、Pp31、Pp32、Spp31及びSpp32は、一般式(P)におけるPp1、Pp2、Spp1及びSpp2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, P p31 , P p32 , Sp p31, and Sp p32 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1, and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
 また、一般式(P)で表される重合性化合物の好ましい例としては、下記式(P-4-1)~式(P-4-19)で表される重合性化合物も挙げられる。 Further, preferred examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (P) also include the polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-4-1) to (P-4-19).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式中、Pp41、Pp42、Spp41及びSpp42は、一般式(P)におけるPp1、Pp2、Spp1及びSpp2と同じ意味を表す。 In the formula, P p41 , P p42 , Sp p41 and Sp p42 have the same meanings as P p1 , P p2 , Sp p1 and Sp p2 in the general formula (P).
 重合性モノマーを添加する場合において、重合開始剤が存在しない場合でも重合は進行するが、重合を促進するために重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。重合開始剤としては、ベンゾインエーテル類、ベンゾフェノン類、アセトフェノン類、ベンジルケタール類、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド類等が挙げられる。また、保存安定性を向上させるために、安定剤を添加しても良い。使用できる安定剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン類、ヒドロキノンモノアルキルエーテル類、第三ブチルカテコール類、ピロガロール類、チオフェノール類、ニトロ化合物類、β-ナフチルアミン類、β-ナフトール類、ニトロソ化合物等が挙げられる。 When a polymerizable monomer is added, the polymerization will proceed even if no polymerization initiator is present, but a polymerization initiator may be contained in order to accelerate the polymerization. Examples of the polymerization initiator include benzoin ethers, benzophenones, acetophenones, benzyl ketals, acylphosphine oxides and the like. In addition, a stabilizer may be added to improve storage stability. Examples of stabilizers that can be used include hydroquinones, hydroquinone monoalkyl ethers, tert-butylcatechols, pyrogallols, thiophenols, nitro compounds, β-naphthylamines, β-naphthols, and nitroso compounds. Be done.
 本発明における液晶層は、液晶表示素子に有用であり、AM-LCD(アクティブマトリックス液晶表示素子)、TN(ネマチック液晶表示素子)、STN-LCD(超ねじれネマチック液晶表示素子)、OCB-LCD及びIPS-LCD(インプレーンスイッチング液晶表示素子)に有用であるが、AM-LCDに特に有用であり、PSAモード、PSVAモード、VAモード、IPSモード又はECBモード用液晶表示素子に用いることができる。
<配向助剤>
 配向助剤は、液晶組成物を含む液晶層と直接当接する部材(電極(例えば、ITO)、基板(例えば、ガラス基板、アクリル基板、透明基板、フレキシブル基板等)、樹脂層(例えば、カラーフィルタ、配向膜、オーバーコート層等)、絶縁膜(例えば、無機材料膜、SiNx等))に対して相互作用し、液晶層に含まれる液晶分子のホメオトロピック配列を誘起する機能を備えている。
The liquid crystal layer in the present invention is useful for a liquid crystal display device, and includes AM-LCD (active matrix liquid crystal display device), TN (nematic liquid crystal display device), STN-LCD (super twisted nematic liquid crystal display device), OCB-LCD and It is useful for an IPS-LCD (in-plane switching liquid crystal display element), but is particularly useful for an AM-LCD, and can be used for a PSA mode, PSVA mode, VA mode, IPS mode or ECB mode liquid crystal display element.
<Alignment aid>
The alignment aid is a member (electrode (for example, ITO), substrate (for example, glass substrate, acrylic substrate, transparent substrate, flexible substrate, or the like)) that directly contacts the liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition, resin layer (for example, color filter). , An alignment film, an overcoat layer, etc.) and an insulating film (for example, an inorganic material film, SiNx, etc.) and induce a homeotropic alignment of liquid crystal molecules contained in the liquid crystal layer.
 配向助剤は、重合するための重合性基と、液晶分子と類似するメソゲン基と、液晶層と直接当接する部材と相互作用可能な吸着基(極性基)と、液晶分子の配向を誘起する配向誘導基を有することが好ましい。 The alignment aid induces alignment of the liquid crystal molecules, a polymerizable group for polymerization, a mesogenic group similar to the liquid crystal molecules, an adsorption group (polar group) capable of interacting with a member that directly contacts the liquid crystal layer. It is preferable to have an orientation-inducing group.
 メソゲン基に対し、吸着基及び配向誘導基が結合し、重合性基はメソゲン基、吸着基及び配向誘導基に直接又は必要に応じスペーサ基を介して置換していることが好ましい。特に、重合性基は、吸着基中に組み込まれた状態で、メソゲン基に置換していることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the adsorption group and the orientation-inducing group are bonded to the mesogen group, and the polymerizable group is substituted on the mesogen group, the adsorption group and the orientation-inducing group directly or via a spacer group as necessary. In particular, the polymerizable group is preferably substituted with a mesogenic group in a state of being incorporated in the adsorptive group.
 以下、化学式中の左端の*及び右端の*は結合手を表す。 In the following, * at the left end and * at the right end in the chemical formulas represent bonds.
 「配向誘導基」
 配向誘導基は、液晶分子の配向を誘導する機能を有しており、下記一般式(AK)で表される基であることが好ましい。
"Orientation-inducing group"
The orientation-inducing group has a function of inducing the orientation of liquid crystal molecules, and is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (AK).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式中、RAK1は、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表す。ただし、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲノ基で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, R AK1 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. However, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in the alkyl group are independently —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or It may be substituted with —OCO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be independently substituted with a halogeno group.
 RAK1は、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表すことがさらに好ましい。 R AK1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a linear alkyl group. It is more preferable to represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 また、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 Further, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in the alkyl group are independently —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or It may be replaced with —OCO—.
 さらに、アルキル基中の水素原子は、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されてもよく、フッ素原子で置換されてもよい。 Further, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, or may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
 配向助剤に対していわゆる両親媒性を付与する観点から、上記配向誘導基は、メソゲン基の吸着基と反対側に結合していることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of imparting so-called amphiphilicity to the orientation aid, it is preferable that the orientation-inducing group is bonded to the side opposite to the adsorption group of the mesogenic group.
 「重合性基」
 重合性基は、PAP1-で表され、-SpAP1-(単結合又はスペーサ基)を介してメソゲン基に結合していることが好ましい。
"Polymerizable group"
The polymerizable group is represented by P AP1 − and is preferably bonded to the mesogen group via —Sp AP1 — (single bond or spacer group).
 PAP1は、下記一般式(AP-1)~一般式(AP-9)で表される群より選ばれる基であることが好ましい。 P AP1 is preferably a group selected from the group represented by the following general formulas (AP-1) to (AP-9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式中、RAP1及びRAP2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~10のハロゲン化アルキル基を表す。ただし、アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-又は-CO-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子又は水酸基で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, R AP1 and R AP2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. However, one or more —CH 2 — in the alkyl group may be substituted with —O— or —CO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other, and one or two —CH 2 — in the alkyl group may be substituted. The above hydrogen atoms may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
 WAP1は、単結合、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-CH-を表す。 W AP1 represents a single bond, —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —CH 2 —.
 tAP1は、0、1又は2を表す。 t AP1 represents 0, 1 or 2.
 PAP1は、下記一般式(AP-1)~一般式(AP-7)で表される基であることが好ましく、下記一般式(AP-1)又は一般式(AP-2)で表される基であることがより好ましく、一般式(AP-1)であることがさらに好ましい。 P AP1 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (AP-1) to general formula (AP-7), and is represented by the following general formula (AP-1) or general formula (AP-2). Group is more preferred, and general formula (AP-1) is even more preferred.
 SpAP1は、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状の炭素原子数2~10のアルキレン基を表すことがさらに好ましい。 Sp AP1 is preferably a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
 また、SpAP1において、アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないようにそれぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 In Sp AP1 , one or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group are independently —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be substituted with -, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
 配向助剤において、PAP1-SpAP1-の数は、1つ以上5つ以下であることが好ましく、1つ以上4つ以下であることがより好ましく、2つ以上4つ以下であることがさらに好ましく、2つ又は3つであることが特に好ましく、2つであることが最も好ましい。 In the alignment aid, the number of P AP1 −Sp AP1 − is preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and 2 or more and 4 or less. More preferably, 2 or 3 is particularly preferable, and 2 is most preferable.
 PAP1-SpAP1-中の水素原子は、重合性基、吸着基及び/又は配向誘導基で置換されてもよい。 The hydrogen atom in P AP1- Sp AP1- may be substituted with a polymerizable group, an adsorption group and/or an orientation-inducing group.
 PAP1-SpAP1-は、重合性基、メソゲン基、吸着基及び/又は配向誘導基に対して結合してもよい。 P AP1- Sp AP1- may be bonded to a polymerizable group, a mesogenic group, an adsorption group and/or an orientation-inducing group.
 また、PAP1-SpAP1-は、メソゲン基、吸着基又は配向誘導基に対して結合することが好ましく、メソゲン基又は吸着基に対して結合することがより好ましい。 Further, P AP1 -Sp AP1- is preferably bound to a mesogenic group, an adsorptive group or an orientation-inducing group, and more preferably bound to a mesogenic group or an adsorptive group.
 なお、分子内にPAP1及び/又はSpAP1-が複数存在する場合に、それぞれ互いに同一であっても異なってもよい。 When there are a plurality of P AP1 and/or Sp AP1 − molecules in the molecule, they may be the same or different from each other.
 「メソゲン基」
 メソゲン基は、剛直な部分を備えた基、例えば環式基を1つ以上備えた基をいい、環式基を2~4個を備えた基が好ましく、環式基を3~4個備えた基がより好ましい。なお、必要に応じて、環式基は、連結基で連結されてもよい。メソゲン基は、液晶層に使用される液晶分子(液晶化合物)と類似の骨格を有することが好ましい。
"Mesogenic group"
The mesogen group means a group having a rigid portion, for example, a group having at least one cyclic group, preferably a group having 2 to 4 cyclic groups, and 3 to 4 cyclic groups. Groups are more preferred. The cyclic group may be linked by a linking group, if necessary. The mesogen group preferably has a skeleton similar to that of liquid crystal molecules (liquid crystal compound) used in the liquid crystal layer.
 なお、本明細書中において、「環式基」は、構成する原子が環状に結合した原子団をいい、炭素環、複素環、飽和又は不飽和環式構造、単環、2環式構造、多環式構造、芳香族、非芳香族などを含む。 In addition, in the present specification, the “cyclic group” refers to an atomic group in which constituent atoms are cyclically bonded, and includes a carbocycle, a heterocycle, a saturated or unsaturated cyclic structure, a monocyclic and bicyclic structure, Includes polycyclic structures, aromatics, non-aromatics, and the like.
 また、環式基は、少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含んでもよく、さらに、少なくとも1つの置換基(ハロゲノ基、重合性基、有機基(アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基等)で置換されてもよい。環式基が単環である場合には、メソゲン基は、2個以上の単環を含んでいることが好ましい。 The cyclic group may contain at least one hetero atom, and may be further substituted with at least one substituent (halogeno group, polymerizable group, organic group (alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, etc.). When the cyclic group is monocyclic, the mesogen group preferably contains two or more monocyclic rings.
 上記メソゲン基は、例えば、一般式(AL)で表されることが好ましい。 The mesogen group is preferably represented by, for example, general formula (AL).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式中、ZAL1は、単結合、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH-CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)-CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表す。ただし、アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Z AL1 is a single bond, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —. , -CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH- , —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )COO—, —OCOCH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —OCH 2 CH 2 O— or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. However, one or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent.
 AAL1及びAAL2は、それぞれ独立して、2価の環式基を表す。 A AL1 and A AL2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic group.
 ZAL1、AAL1及びAAL2中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲノ基、吸着基、PAP1-SpAP1-又は1価の有機基で置換されてもよく、
 なお、分子内にZAL1及びAAL1が複数存在する場合に、それぞれ互いに同一であっても異なってもよい。
One or more hydrogen atoms in Z AL1 , A AL1 and A AL2 may be each independently substituted with a halogeno group, an adsorptive group, P AP1- Sp AP1 -or a monovalent organic group. ,
When a plurality of Z AL1 and A AL1 are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different from each other.
 mAL1は、1~5の整数を表す。 m AL1 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
 一般式(AL)中、ZAL1は、単結合又は炭素原子数2~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数2~10のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、単結合、-(CH-又は-(CH-であることがさらに好ましい。アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 In formula (AL), Z AL1 is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a single bond. , -(CH 2 ) 2 -or -(CH 2 ) 4- is more preferable. One or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent.
 さらに、棒状分子の直線性を高めることを目的とする場合は、ZAL1は、環と環とが直接連結した形態である単結合や、環と環とを直接結ぶ原子の数が偶数個の形態が好ましい。例えば、-CH-CHCOO-の場合、環と環とを直接結ぶ原子の数は4つである。 Furthermore, when it is intended to increase the linearity of a rod-shaped molecule, Z AL1 has a single bond in which rings are directly connected to each other or an even number of atoms directly connecting the rings is even. The form is preferred. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —CH 2 COO—, the number of atoms directly connecting the rings is four.
 一般式(AL)中、AAL1及びAAL2は、それぞれ独立して、2価の環式基を表す。2価の環式基としては、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニル基、テトラヒドロピラン-2,5-ジイル基、1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基、テトラヒドロチオピラン-2,5-ジイル基、チオフェン-2,5-ジイル基、1,4-ビシクロ(2.2.2)オクチレン基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピラジン-2,5-ジイル基、チオフェン-2,5-ジイル基-、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、2,6-ナフチレン基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、9,10-ジヒドロフェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、1,2,3,4,4a,9,10a-オクタヒドロフェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、1,4-ナフチレン基、ベンゾ[1,2-b:4,5-b’]ジチオフェン-2,6-ジイル基、ベンゾ[1,2-b:4,5-b’]ジセレノフェン-2,6-ジイル基、[1]ベンゾチエノ[3,2-b]チオフェン-2,7-ジイル基、[1]ベンゾセレノフェノ[3,2-b]セレノフェン-2,7-ジイル基及びフルオレン-2,7-ジイル基からなる群から選択される1種であることが好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、2,6-ナフチレン基又はフェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基がより好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基又は1,4-シクロヘキシレン基であることがさらに好ましい。 In formula (AL), A AL1 and A AL2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic group. Examples of the divalent cyclic group include 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2, 5-diyl group, tetrahydrothiopyran-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo(2.2.2)octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group , Pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2 ,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,2,3,4,4a,9,10a- Octahydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,4-naphthylene group, benzo[1,2-b:4,5-b']dithiophene-2,6-diyl group, benzo[1,2-b: 4,5-b']diselenophen-2,6-diyl group, [1]benzothieno[3,2-b]thiophene-2,7-diyl group, [1]benzoselenopheno[3,2-b]selenophene It is preferably one selected from the group consisting of -2,7-diyl group and fluorene-2,7-diyl group, and is 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 2,6- A naphthylene group or a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group is more preferable, and a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is further preferable.
 なお、これらの基は、非置換又は置換基で置換されてもよい。この置換基としては、フッ素原子又は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましい。さらに、アルキル基は、フッ素原子又は水酸基で置換されてもよい。 Incidentally, these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with a substituent. The substituent is preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group.
 また、環式基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲノ基、吸着基、PAP1-SpAP1-又は1価の有機基で置換されてもよい。 Further, one or more hydrogen atoms in the cyclic group may be substituted with a halogeno group, an adsorptive group, P AP1- Sp AP1 -or a monovalent organic group.
 一般式(AL)中、1価の有機基とは、有機化合物が1価の基の形態になることによって、化学構造が構成された基であり、有機化合物から水素原子を1つ取り除いてなる原子団をいう。 In the general formula (AL), the monovalent organic group is a group having a chemical structure formed by the organic compound being in the form of a monovalent group, and is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the organic compound. An atomic group.
 かかる1価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~15のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~14のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~15のアルケニルオキシ基などが挙げられ、炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~14のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基であることがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~2のアルコキシ基であることが特に好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1のアルコキシ基であることが最も好ましい。 Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. Groups, etc., preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is more preferable. An alkoxy group is particularly preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 carbon atom is most preferable.
 また、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。さらには、上記1価の有機基は、前述の配向誘導基としての役割を有してもよい。 Further, one or more —CH 2 — in the above alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group is —O—, —COO— or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be replaced. Further, the monovalent organic group may have a role as the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
 上記一般式(AL)中、mAL1は、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましく、2又は3であることがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (AL), m AL1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 2 or 3.
 上記メソゲン基の好ましい形態としては、下記式(me-1)~(me-44)が挙げられる。 The following formulas (me-1) to (me-44) are mentioned as preferable forms of the mesogen group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 一般式(AL)は、これらの化合物から2個の水素原子が脱離した構造である。 General formula (AL) is a structure in which two hydrogen atoms are eliminated from these compounds.
 これらの式(me-1)~(me-44)において、シクロヘキサン環、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲノ基、PAP1-SpAP1-、1価の有機基(例えば、炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~14のアルコキシ基)、吸着基又は配向誘導基で置換されてもよい。 In these formulas (me-1) to (me-44), one or more hydrogen atoms in the cyclohexane ring, benzene ring or naphthalene ring are each independently a halogeno group, P AP1 -Sp AP1. -It may be substituted with a monovalent organic group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms), an adsorption group or an orientation inducing group.
 上記メソゲン基のうち、好ましい形態は、式(me-8)~(me-44)であり、より好ましい形態は、式(me-8)~(me-10)、式(me-12)~(me-18)、式(me-22)~(me-24)、式(me-26)~(me-27)及び式(me-29)~(me-44)であり、さらに好ましい形態は、式(me-12)、(me-14)、(me-16)、(me-22)~(me-24)、(me-29)、(me-34)、(me-36)~(me-37)、(me-42)~(me-44)である。 Of the above mesogen groups, preferred forms are formulas (me-8) to (me-44), and more preferred forms are formulas (me-8) to (me-10) and formulas (me-12) to (Me-18), formulas (me-22) to (me-24), formulas (me-26) to (me-27) and formulas (me-29) to (me-44), and more preferred forms Is a formula (me-12), (me-14), (me-16), (me-22) to (me-24), (me-29), (me-34), (me-36) To (me-37) and (me-42) to (me-44).
 上記メソゲン基のうち、特に好ましい形態は、下記一般式(AL-1)又は(AL-2)であり、最も好ましい形態は、下記一般式(AL-1)である。 Among the above mesogen groups, a particularly preferable form is the following general formula (AL-1) or (AL-2), and a most preferable form is the following general formula (AL-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 式中、XAL101~XAL118、XAL201~XAL214は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、ハロゲノ基、PAPl-SpAPl-、後述する吸着基又は前記配向誘導基を表す。 In the formula, X AL101 to X AL118 and X AL201 to X AL214 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogeno group, P APl- Sp APl- represents an adsorption group described later or the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
 環AAL11、環AAL12及び環AAL21は、それぞれ独立して、シクロヘキサン環又はベンゼン環を表す。 Ring A AL11, Ring A AL12 and ring A AL21 each independently represent a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring.
 XAL101~XAL118、XAL201~XAL214のいずれか1つ又は2つ以上が、後述する吸着基で置換されている。 Any one or more of X AL101 to X AL118 and X AL201 to X AL214 are substituted with an adsorption group described later.
 XAL101~XAL118、XAL201~XAL214のいずれか1つ又は2つ以上が、前記配向誘導基で置換されている。 Any one or more of X AL101 to X AL118 and X AL201 to X AL214 are substituted with the orientation-inducing group.
 後述する吸着基及び前記配向誘導基は、PAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 Adsorptive group and the orientation induced group will be described later, P AP1 -Sp AP1 - may be substituted with.
 一般式(AL-1)又は一般式(AL-2)は、その分子内にPAP1-SpAPl-を1つ又は2つ以上有する。 The general formula (AL-1) or the general formula (AL-2) has one or two or more P AP1 -Sp APl- in its molecule.
 一般式(AL-1)において、XAL101は、前記配向誘導基であることが好ましい。 In formula (AL-1), X AL101 is preferably the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
 一般式(AL-1)において、XAL109、XAL110及びXAL111の少なくとも1つが後述する吸着基であることが好ましく、XAL109及びXAL110がともに後述する吸着基であること又はXAL110が後述する吸着基であることがより好ましく、XAL110が後述する吸着基であることがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (AL-1), at least one of X AL109 , X AL110 and X AL111 is preferably an adsorption group described below, and both X AL109 and X AL110 are adsorption groups described below or X AL110 is described later. Is more preferable, and X AL110 is further preferable to be an adsorption group described later.
 一般式(AL-1)において、XAL109、XAL110及びXAL111の少なくとも1つが後述する吸着基のうちPAP1-SpAP1-又は構造内に重合可能な部位を有する吸着基であることが好ましく、XAL109及びXAL111の両方又は一方がPAP1-SpAP1-であることがより好ましい。 Is preferably an adsorptive group having or structure in the polymerizable site - in the general formula (AL-1), at least one of X AL109, X AL110 and X AL111 P AP1 -Sp AP1 of the adsorptive group described below , both or one of X AL109 and X AL111 is P AP1 -Sp AP1 - is more preferable.
 一般式(AL-1)において、XAL104~XAL108、XAL112~XAL116の1つ又は2つがそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基又はハロゲノ基であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることがより好ましい。特に、XAL105、XAL106又はXAL107がそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 In formula (AL-1), one or two of X AL104 to X AL108 and X AL112 to X AL116 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably a halogeno group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom. Particularly, it is preferable that each of X AL105 , X AL106, and X AL107 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom.
 一般式(AL-2)において、XAL201は、前記配向誘導基であることが好ましい。 In formula (AL-2), X AL201 is preferably the above-mentioned orientation-inducing group.
 一般式(AL-2)において、XAL207、XAL208及びXAL209の少なくとも1つが後述する吸着基であることが好ましく、XAL207及びXAL208がともに後述する吸着基であること又はXAL208が後述する吸着基であることがより好ましく、XAL208が後述する吸着基であることがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (AL-2), at least one of X AL207 , X AL208 and X AL209 is preferably an adsorption group described below, and both X AL207 and X AL208 are adsorption groups described below or X AL208 is described later. Is more preferable, and X AL208 is further preferable to be an adsorption group described later.
 一般式(AL-2)において、XAL207、XAL208及びXAL209の少なくとも1つが後述する吸着基のうちPAP1-SpAP1-又は構造内に重合可能な部位を有する吸着基であることが好ましく、XAL207及びXAL209の両方又は一方がPAP1-SpAP1-であることがより好ましい。 In the general formula (AL-2), it is preferable that at least one of X AL207 , X AL208, and X AL209 is P AP1- Sp AP1- of the adsorbing groups described below or an adsorbing group having a polymerizable site in the structure. , X AL2 07 and X AL 209 , or both, are more preferably P AP1 —Sp AP1 −.
 一般式(AL-2)において、XAL202~XAL206、XAL210~XAL214の1つ又は2つがそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基又はハロゲノ基であることが好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることがより好ましい。特に、XAL204、XAL205又はXAL206がそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 In formula (AL-2), one or two of X AL202 to X AL206 and X AL210 to X AL214 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Alternatively, it is preferably a halogeno group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a fluorine atom. In particular, X AL204, X AL205 or X AL206 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or a fluorine atom of 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
 「吸着基」
 吸着基は、基板、膜、電極など液晶組成物と当接する層である吸着媒と吸着する役割を備えた基である。
"Adsorption group"
The adsorptive group is a group having a role of adsorbing an adsorbent which is a layer that comes into contact with the liquid crystal composition such as a substrate, a film and an electrode.
 吸着は、一般的に、化学結合(共有結合、イオン結合又は金属結合)をつくって吸着媒と吸着質との間で吸着する化学吸着と、化学吸着以外の物理吸着とに分別される。本明細書中において、吸着は、化学吸着又は物理吸着のいずれでもよいが、物理吸着であることが好ましい。そのため、吸着基は、吸着媒と物理吸着可能な基であることが好ましく、分子間力により吸着媒と結合可能な基であることがより好ましい。 Adsorption is generally classified into chemisorption in which a chemical bond (covalent bond, ionic bond or metal bond) is formed and adsorbed between the adsorbent and the adsorbate, and physical adsorption other than chemisorption. In the present specification, the adsorption may be either chemical adsorption or physical adsorption, but physical adsorption is preferable. Therefore, the adsorption group is preferably a group capable of physically adsorbing to the adsorption medium, and more preferably a group capable of binding to the adsorption medium by intermolecular force.
 分子間力により吸着媒と結合する形態としては、永久双極子、永久四重極子、分散力、電荷移動力又は水素結合などの相互作用による形態が挙げられる。 As the form of binding to the adsorbent by intermolecular force, there are forms such as permanent dipole, permanent quadrupole, dispersive force, charge transfer force, or hydrogen bond.
 吸着基の好ましい形態としては、水素結合により吸着媒と結合可能な形態が挙げられる。この場合、吸着基が水素結合を介在するプロトンのドナー及びアクセプターのいずれの役割を果たしてもよく、若しくは双方の役割を果たしてもよい。 A preferred form of the adsorbing group is a form capable of binding to the adsorbent by a hydrogen bond. In this case, the adsorptive group may serve as either a donor or an acceptor of protons that mediate hydrogen bonding, or both.
 吸着基は、炭素原子とヘテロ原子とが連結した原子団を有する極性要素を含む基(以下、「吸着基」を「極性基」とも記載する。)であることが好ましい。本明細書中において、極性要素とは、炭素原子とヘテロ原子とが直接連結した原子団をいう。 The adsorption group is preferably a group containing a polar element having an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are linked (hereinafter, the “adsorption group” is also referred to as a “polar group”). In the present specification, the polar element refers to an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are directly linked.
 ヘテロ原子としては、N、O、S、P、B及びSiからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、N、O及びSからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、N及びOからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることがさらに好ましく、Oであることが特に好ましい。 The hetero atom is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, P, B and Si, and at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. Is more preferable, at least one selected from the group consisting of N and O is more preferable, and O is particularly preferable.
 また、配向助剤において、極性要素の価数は、1価、2価、3価など特に制限されず、また吸着基中の極性要素の個数も特に制限されることはない。 In addition, in the orientation aid, the valence of the polar element is not particularly limited, such as monovalent, divalent, and trivalent, and the number of polar elements in the adsorbing group is not particularly limited.
 配向助剤は、一分子中に1~8個の吸着基を有することが好ましく、1~4個の吸着基を有することがより好ましく、1~3個の吸着基を有することがさらに好ましい。 The orientation aid preferably has 1 to 8 adsorption groups in one molecule, more preferably 1 to 4 adsorption groups, and further preferably 1 to 3 adsorption groups.
 なお、吸着基からは、重合性基及び配向誘導基を除くが、吸着基中の水素原子がPAP1-SpAP1-で置換された構造及びPAP1-SpAP1-中の水素原子が-OHで置換された構造は吸着基に含む。 Incidentally, the adsorption group, excluding a polymerizable group and orientation induced group, a hydrogen atom is P AP1 -Sp AP1 in adsorptive group - substituted with structural and P AP1 -Sp AP1 - hydrogen atoms in the -OH The structure substituted with is included in the adsorptive group.
 吸着基は、1つ又は2つ以上の極性要素を含み、環式基型と鎖式基型とに大別される。 Adsorption group contains one or more polar elements, and is roughly classified into a cyclic group type and a chain group type.
 環式基型は、その構造中に極性要素を含む環状構造を備えた環式基を含む形態であり、鎖式基型は、その構造中に極性要素を含む環状構造を備えた環式基を含まない形態である。 The cyclic group type is a form including a cyclic group having a cyclic structure containing a polar element in its structure, and the chain group type is a cyclic group having a cyclic structure containing a polar element in its structure. It is a form that does not include.
 鎖式基型は、直鎖又は分岐した鎖状基中に極性要素を有する形態であり、その一部に極性要素を含まない環状構造を有していてもよい。 The chain type is a form having a polar element in a linear or branched chain group, and may have a cyclic structure that does not include a polar element in a part thereof.
 環式基型の吸着基とは、少なくとも1つの極性要素を環状の原子配列内に含む構造を有する形態を意味する。 A cyclic group-type adsorptive group means a form having a structure containing at least one polar element in a cyclic atomic arrangement.
 なお、本明細書中において、環式基とは、上述した通りである。そのため、環式基型の吸着基は、極性要素を含む環式基さえ含んでいればよく、吸着基全体としては分岐しても直鎖状であってもよい。 In the present specification, the cyclic group is as described above. Therefore, the cyclic group-type adsorptive group need only include a cyclic group containing a polar element, and the entire adsorptive group may be branched or linear.
 一方、鎖式基型の吸着基とは、分子内に極性要素を含む環状の原子配列を含まず、かつ少なくとも1つの極性要素を線状の原子配列(枝分かれしてもよい)内に含む構造を有する形態を意味する。 On the other hand, a chain-type adsorptive group is a structure that does not include a cyclic atomic array containing polar elements in the molecule and contains at least one polar element in a linear atomic array (which may be branched). Means a form having.
 なお、本明細書中において、鎖式基とは、構造式中に環状の原子配列を含まず、構成する原子が線状(分岐してもよい)に結合した原子団をいい、非環式基をいう。換言すると、鎖式基とは、直鎖状又は分枝状の脂肪族基をいい、飽和結合又は不飽和結合のどちらを含んでもよい。 In addition, in the present specification, the chain group refers to an atomic group in which the constituent atoms do not include a cyclic atomic array in the structural formula and the constituent atoms are linearly (may be branched), and are acyclic. Refers to the group. In other words, the chain group means a linear or branched aliphatic group, and may contain either a saturated bond or an unsaturated bond.
 したがって、鎖式基には、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、エーテル基又はケトン基などが含まれる。なお、これらの基中の水素原子は、少なくとも1つの置換基(反応性官能基(ビニル基、アクリル基、メタクリル基等)、鎖状有機基(アルキル基、シアノ基等))で置換されてもよい。また、鎖式基は、直鎖状又は分岐状のいずれでもよい。 Therefore, the chain group includes, for example, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an ether group or a ketone group. The hydrogen atom in these groups is substituted with at least one substituent (reactive functional group (vinyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, etc.), chain organic group (alkyl group, cyano group, etc.)) Good. Further, the chain group may be linear or branched.
 環式基型の吸着基としては、炭素原子数3~20の複素芳香族基(縮合環を含む)又は炭素原子数3~20の複素脂環族基(縮合環を含む)であることが好ましく、炭素原子数3~12の複素芳香族基(縮合環を含む)又は炭素原子数3~12の複素脂環族基(縮合環を含む)であることがより好ましく、5員環の複素芳香族基、5員環の複素脂環族基、6員環の複素芳香族基又は6員環の複素脂環族基であることがさらに好ましい。なお、これらの環構造中の水素原子は、ハロゲノ基、炭素原子数1~5の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基又はアルキルオキシ基で置換されてもよい。 The cyclic group-type adsorbing group may be a heteroaromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring) or a heteroalicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring). A heteroaromatic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring) or a heteroalicyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (including a condensed ring) is more preferable, and a 5-membered hetero group. It is more preferably an aromatic group, a 5-membered heteroalicyclic group, a 6-membered heteroaromatic group, or a 6-membered heteroalicyclic group. The hydrogen atom in these ring structures may be substituted with a halogeno group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyloxy group.
 鎖式基型の吸着基としては、構造内の水素原子や-CH-が極性要素で置換された直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基であることが好ましい。なお、アルキル基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。また、鎖式基型の吸着基は、その端部に1つ又は2つ以上の極性要素を含むことが好ましい。 The chain-type adsorptive group is preferably a hydrogen atom in the structure or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which —CH 2 — is substituted with a polar element. It should be noted that one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups in the alkyl group are replaced with —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. May be done. In addition, the chain-type adsorptive group preferably contains one or more polar elements at the ends thereof.
 吸着基中の水素原子は、重合性基で置換されてもよい。 The hydrogen atom in the adsorption group may be replaced with a polymerizable group.
 極性要素の具体例としては、酸素原子を含む極性要素(以下、含酸素極性要素)、窒素原子を含む極性要素(以下、含窒素極性要素)、リン原子を含む極性要素(以下、含リン極性要素)、ホウ素原子を含む極性要素(以下、含ホウ素極性要素)、ケイ素原子を含む極性要素(以下、含ケイ素極性要素)又は硫黄原子を含む極性要素(以下、含硫黄極性要素)が挙げられる。吸着能の観点から、極性要素としては、含窒素極性要素又は含酸素極性要素であることが好ましく、含酸素極性要素であることがより好ましい。 Specific examples of the polar element include a polar element containing an oxygen atom (hereinafter, oxygen-containing polar element), a polar element containing a nitrogen atom (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing polar element), a polar element containing a phosphorus atom (hereinafter, phosphorus-containing polar element). Element), a polar element containing a boron atom (hereinafter, boron-containing polar element), a polar element containing a silicon atom (hereinafter, silicon-containing polar element), or a polar element containing a sulfur atom (hereinafter, sulfur-containing polar element). .. From the viewpoint of adsorption ability, the polar element is preferably a nitrogen-containing polar element or an oxygen-containing polar element, and more preferably an oxygen-containing polar element.
 含酸素極性要素としては、水酸基、アルキロール基、アルコキシ基、ホルミル基、カルボキシル基、エーテル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基及びエステル基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基又は当該基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 As the oxygen-containing polar element, at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an alkylol group, an alkoxy group, a formyl group, a carboxyl group, an ether group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, and an ester group or the group is carbon. It is preferably a group linked to an atom.
 含窒素極性要素としては、シアノ基、1級アミノ基、2級アミノ基、3級アミノ基、ピリジル基、カルバモイル基及びウレイド基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の基又は当該基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 As the nitrogen-containing polar element, at least one group selected from the group consisting of a cyano group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a pyridyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a ureido group, or the group is a carbon atom. It is preferably a group linked to an atom.
 そのため、吸着基としては、含酸素極性要素を備えた環式基(以下、含酸素環式基)、含窒素極性要素を備えた環式基(以下、含窒素環式基)、含酸素極性要素を備えた鎖式基(以下、含酸素鎖式基)及び含窒素極性要素を備えた鎖式基(以下、含窒素鎖式基)からなる群から選択される1種又は2種以上の基自体または当該基を含むことが好ましい。 Therefore, as the adsorbing group, a cyclic group having an oxygen-containing polar element (hereinafter, oxygen-containing cyclic group), a cyclic group having a nitrogen-containing polar element (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing cyclic group), an oxygen-containing polar group One or more selected from the group consisting of a chain group having an element (hereinafter, oxygen-containing chain group) and a chain group having a nitrogen-containing polar element (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing chain group) It is preferable to include the group itself or the group.
 含酸素環式基としては、環構造内に酸素原子をエーテル基として有する下記の基のいずれかを含むことが好ましい。 The oxygen-containing cyclic group preferably contains any of the following groups having an oxygen atom as an ether group in the ring structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 また、含酸素環式基としては、環構造内に酸素原子をカルボニル基、カーボネート基及びエステル基として有する下記の基のいずれかを含むことが好ましい。 The oxygen-containing cyclic group preferably contains any of the following groups having an oxygen atom as a carbonyl group, a carbonate group and an ester group in the ring structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 含窒素環式基としては、下記の基のいずれかを含むことが好ましい。 The nitrogen-containing cyclic group preferably contains any of the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 含酸素鎖式基としては、下記の基のいずれかを含むことが好ましい。 The oxygen-containing chain group preferably contains any of the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 式中、Rat1は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表す。 In the formula, R at1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 Zat1は、単結合、炭素原子数1~15の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数2~18の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表す。ただし、アルキレン基又はアルケニレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 Z at1 represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms. However, —CH 2 — in the alkylene group or alkenylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO—, —C(═O)—, or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
 Xat1は、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基を表す。ただし、アルキル基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 X at1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. However, —CH 2 — in the alkyl group may be substituted with —O—, —COO—, —C(═O)—, or —OCO— so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other.
 含窒素鎖式基としては、下記の基のいずれかを含むことが好ましい。 The nitrogen-containing chain group preferably contains any of the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 式中、Rat、Rbt、Rct及びRdtは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表す。 In the formula, R at , R bt , R ct and R dt each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 吸着基としては、下記一般式(AT)で表される基であることが好ましい。 The adsorbing group is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (AT).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 式中、SpAT1は、単結合、炭素原子数1~25の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表す。ただし、アルキレン基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN、-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接結合しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Sp AT1 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is directly bonded to the oxygen atom. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C(═O)—, —OCO—, or —CH═CH— so as not to bond.
 WAT1は、単結合又は下記一般式(WAT1)又は(WAT2)を表す。 W AT1 represents a single bond or the following general formula (WAT1) or (WAT2).
 ZAT1は、極性要素を含む1価の基を表す。ただし、ZAT1中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 Z AT1 represents a monovalent group containing a polar element. However, the hydrogen atom in Z AT1 may be replaced with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
(式中、SpWAT1及びSpWAT2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~25の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、アルキレン基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-又は-CH=CH-で置換されてもよい。)
 SpAT1、SpWAT1及びSpWAT2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状の炭素原子数2~10のアルキレン基を表すことがさらに好ましい。
(In the formula, Sp WAT1 and Sp WAT2 each independently represent a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom in the alkylene group is —OH, — CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 — may be substituted, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C(═O) so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. )-, -OCO- or -CH=CH- may be substituted.)
It is preferable that Sp AT1 , Sp WAT1 and Sp WAT2 each independently represent a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a single bond or a linear carbon atom number. It is more preferable to represent an alkylene group having 1 to 20 and even more preferable to represent a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
 また、SpAT1、SpWAT1及びSpWAT2において、アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。 Further, in Sp AT1 , Sp WAT1 and Sp WAT2 , one or more —CH 2 — in the alkylene group are independently —CH═CH—, — so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. It may be substituted with C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
 また、SpAT1及びSpWAT1中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 The hydrogen atoms in Sp AT1 and Sp WAT1 are each independently, -W AT1 -Z AT1 or P AP1 -Sp AP1 - it may be substituted with.
 ZAT1は、極性要素を含む1価の基を表すが、下記一般式(ZAT1-1)又は(ZAT1-2)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Z AT1 represents a monovalent group containing a polar element and is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (ZAT1-1) or (ZAT1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 式中、SpZAT11及びSpZAT12は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~25の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表す。ただし、アルキレン基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN、-ZZAT11-RZAT11又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-又は-CH=CH-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Sp ZAT11 and Sp ZAT12 each independently represent a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Z ZAT11 —R ZAT11 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is directly bonded to the oxygen atom. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C(═O)—, —OCO— or —CH═CH— so as not to be adjacent to each other.
 ZZAT11は、極性要素を含む基を表す。 Z ZAT11 represents a group containing a polar element.
 一般式(ZAT1-2)中のZZAT12を含む環で表した構造は、5~7員環を表す。 The structure represented by the ring containing Z ZAT12 in the general formula (ZAT1-2) represents a 5- to 7-membered ring.
 ZZAT11及びZZAT12中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 The hydrogen atom in Z ZAT11 and Z ZAT12 may be substituted with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
 RZAT11及びRZAT12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基を表す。ただし、アルキル基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-又は-ZZAT11-で置換されてもよい。 R ZAT11 and R ZAT12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. However, a hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be replaced by —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is a cyclic group so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. , -O-, -COO- , -C(=O)-, -OCO-, -CH=CH- or -Z ZAT11- .
 一般式(ZAT1-1)で表される基としては、下記一般式(ZAT1-1-1)~(ZAT1-1-30)で表される基であることが好ましい。 The group represented by the general formula (ZAT1-1) is preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZAT1-1-1) to (ZAT1-1-30).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 式中、炭素原子に結合する水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
 SpZAT11は、単結合、炭素原子数1~25の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表す。ただし、アルキレン基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN、-ZZAT11-RZAT11又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-又は-CH=CH-で置換されてもよい。 Sp ZAT11 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Z ZAT11 —R ZAT11 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is directly bonded to the oxygen atom. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C(═O)—, —OCO— or —CH═CH— so as not to be adjacent to each other.
 RZAT11は、水素原子、炭素原子数1~8の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基を表す。ただし、アルキル基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN、-SpAT1-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-又は-ZZAT11-で置換されてもよい。 R ZAT11 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is oxygen. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO— , —C(═O)—, —OCO—, —CH═CH— or —Z ZAT11 — such that the atoms are not directly adjacent.
 一般式(ZAT1-2)で表される基としては、下記一般式(ZAT1-2-1)~(ZAT1-2-9)で表される基であることが好ましい。 The group represented by the general formula (ZAT1-2) is preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZAT1-2-1) to (ZAT1-2-9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 式中、炭素原子に結合する水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —.
 SpZAT11は、単結合、炭素原子数1~25の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表す。ただし、アルキレン基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキレン基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-又は-ZZAT11-で置換されてもよい。 Sp ZAT11 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted with —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is a cyclic group so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. , -O-, -COO- , -C(=O)-, -OCO-, -CH=CH- or -Z ZAT11- .
 一般式(ZAT1-1)で表される基としては、下記の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the group represented by the general formula (ZAT1-1) include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 式中、Rtcは、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基又はPAP1-SpAP1-を表す。ただし、アルキル基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-又は-ZZAT11-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, R tc represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —. However, a hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be replaced by —OH, —CN or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is a cyclic group so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. , -O-, -COO- , -C(=O)-, -OCO-, -CH=CH- or -Z ZAT11- .
 分子内の水素原子は、PAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。 Hydrogen atoms in the molecule, P AP1 -Sp AP1 - may be substituted with.
 *は、結合手を表す。 * Represents a bond.
 上記のZAT1として好ましい基のうち、液晶組成物中に安定に混和することによって保存安定性を確保できると共に、吸着媒への適度に高い吸着力に由来する良好な配向規制力を示すことから、OHを含む基が特に好ましい。また、メソゲン基としては(AL-1)との組み合わせが特に好ましい。 Among the groups preferable as Z AT1 described above, since the storage stability can be ensured by stable incorporation into the liquid crystal composition, and a good alignment control force derived from an appropriately high adsorption force to the adsorbent is exhibited. , OH containing groups are particularly preferred. Further, the combination with (AL-1) is particularly preferable as the mesogen group.
 配向助剤は、吸着基に含まれる極性要素や重合性基に含まれる極性要素が局在化する形態であることが好ましい。吸着基は、液晶分子を垂直配向させるために重要な構造であり、吸着基と重合性基とが隣接していることで、より良好な配向性が得られ、また液晶組成物への良好な溶解性を示す。 The orientation aid is preferably in a form in which the polar element contained in the adsorption group or the polar element contained in the polymerizable group is localized. The adsorptive group is an important structure for vertically aligning liquid crystal molecules, and when the adsorptive group and the polymerizable group are adjacent to each other, a better alignment property can be obtained, and a good liquid crystal composition can be obtained. Shows solubility.
 具体的には、配向助剤は、メソゲン基の同一環上に重合性基及び吸着基を有する形態であることが好ましい。かかる形態には、1つ以上の重合性基及び1つ以上の吸着基がそれぞれ同一環上に結合している形態と、1つ以上の重合性基の少なくとも1つ又は1つ以上の吸着基の少なくとも1つのうち、一方が他方に結合して、同一環上に重合性基及び吸着基を有する形態とが含まれる。 Specifically, the orientation aid is preferably in a form having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring of the mesogen group. Such a form includes a form in which one or more polymerizable groups and one or more adsorption groups are bonded on the same ring, and at least one or one or more adsorption groups of the one or more polymerizable groups. Of at least one of the above, one having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring, one of which is bonded to the other.
 また、この場合、重合性基に結合するスペーサ基中の水素原子が、吸着基で置換されてもよく、さらには吸着基中の水素原子が、スペーサ基を介して重合性基で置換されてもよい。 Further, in this case, a hydrogen atom in the spacer group bonded to the polymerizable group may be replaced with an adsorptive group, and further, a hydrogen atom in the adsorptive group may be replaced with a polymerizable group through the spacer group. Good.
 配向助剤(自発配向性化合物)としては、下記一般式(SAL)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The orientation aid (spontaneous orientation compound) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (SAL).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 式中、炭素原子に結合する水素原子は、炭素原子数1~25の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、-OH、-CN、-SpAT1-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよい。ただし、アルキル基中の水素原子は、-OH、-CN、-SpAT1-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SpAP1-で置換されてもよく、アルキル基中の-CH-は、酸素原子が直接結合しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-又は-CH=CH-で置換されてもよい。 In the formula, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, —OH, —CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1. It may be replaced with-. However, the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with —OH, —CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is oxygen. It may be substituted with a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C(═O)—, —OCO— or —CH═CH— so that the atoms are not directly bonded.
 RAK1は、一般式(AK)におけるRAK1と同じ意味を表す。 R AK1 has the same meaning as R AK1 in formula (AK).
 AAL1及びAAL2は、それぞれ独立して、一般式(AL)におけるAAL1及びAAL2と同じ意味を表す。 A AL1 and A AL2 each independently have the same meaning as A AL1 and A AL2 in formula (AL).
 ZAL1は、一般式(AL)におけるZAL1と同じ意味を表す。 Z AL1 has the same meaning as Z AL1 in formula (AL).
 mAL1は、一般式(AL)におけるmAL1と同じ意味を表す。 m AL1 has the same meaning as m AL1 in formula (AL).
 SpAT1は、一般式(AT)におけるSpAT1と同じ意味を表す。 Sp AT1 has the same meaning as Sp AT1 in formula (AT).
 WAT1は、一般式(AT)におけるWAT1と同じ意味を表す。 W AT1 has the same meaning as W AT1 in formula (AT).
 ZAT1は、一般式(AT)におけるZAT1と同じ意味を表す。 Z AT1 has the same meaning as Z AT1 in formula (AT).
 一般式(SAL)で表される化合物としては、下記式(SAL-1.1)~(SAL-2.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (SAL) is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (SAL-1.1) to (SAL-2.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
 液晶組成物中に含まれる配向助剤の量は、0.01~10質量%程度であることが好ましい。そのより好ましい下限値は、液晶分子を更に好適に配向させる観点から、0.05質量%、0.1質量%である。一方、そのより好ましい上限値は、応答特性を改善する観点から、7質量%、5質量%、4質量%、3質量%、1質量%である。本発明の構成を採用することにより、十分な量の配向助剤を液晶組成物に溶解し得る。 The amount of the alignment aid contained in the liquid crystal composition is preferably about 0.01 to 10% by mass. The more preferable lower limit values thereof are 0.05% by mass and 0.1% by mass from the viewpoint of aligning liquid crystal molecules more preferably. On the other hand, the more preferable upper limit value thereof is 7% by mass, 5% by mass, 4% by mass, 3% by mass, and 1% by mass from the viewpoint of improving response characteristics. By adopting the constitution of the present invention, a sufficient amount of the alignment aid can be dissolved in the liquid crystal composition.
 上記配向助剤の合計の含有量は、本願の上記配向助剤を含む組成物に対して、0.05~10%含んでいることが好ましく、0.1~8%含んでいることが好ましく、0.1~5%含んでいることが好ましく、0.1~3%含んでいることが好ましく、0.2~2%含んでいることが好ましく、0.2~1.3%含んでいることが好ましく、0.2~1%含んでいることが好ましく、0.2~0.56%含んでいることが好ましい。 The total content of the above-mentioned alignment aid is preferably 0.05 to 10%, and more preferably 0.1 to 8% with respect to the composition containing the alignment aid of the present application. , 0.1 to 5% is preferable, 0.1 to 3% is preferable, 0.2 to 2% is preferable, and 0.2 to 1.3% is included. It is preferable that the content is 0.2 to 1%, and the content is 0.2 to 0.56%.
 上記配向助剤の合計の含有量の好ましい下限値は、本願の一般式(P)で表される化合物を含む組成物に対して、0.01%であり、0.03%であり、0.05%であり、0.08%であり、0.1%であり、0.15%であり、0.2%であり、0.25%であり、0.3%である。 A preferred lower limit value of the total content of the alignment aids is 0.01% and 0.03% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (P) of the present application, and 0 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.15%, 0.2%, 0.25%, 0.3%.
 上記配向助剤の合計の含有量の好ましい上限値は、本願の一般式(P)で表される化合物を含む組成物に対して、10%であり、8%であり、5%であり、3%であり、1.5%であり、1.2%であり、1%であり、0.8%であり、0.5%である。 A preferable upper limit value of the total content of the alignment aids is 10%, 8% and 5% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (P) of the present application, 3%, 1.5%, 1.2%, 1%, 0.8%, 0.5%.
 含有量が少ないと上記配向助剤を加える効果が現れにくく、液晶組成物の自発配向性が弱くなってしまうなどの問題が発生し、多すぎると液晶の信頼性が低下する等の問題が生じる。このため、これらのバランスを考慮し含有量を設定する。
<カラーフィルタ>
 本発明におけるカラーフィルタは、ブラックマトリックス及び少なくともRGB三色画素部から構成されるが、RGB三色画素部は、色材として、色材として、R画素部中にはジケトピロロピロール顔料及び/又は油溶アニオン性 赤色有機染料から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を含有し、G画素部中にはハロゲン化フタロシニアン顔料、フタロシアニン系緑色染料、フタロシアニン系青色染料とアゾ系黄色有機染料との混合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種を、B画素部中にはε型銅フタロシニアン顔料及び/又はカチオン性青色有機染料から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を含有する。
(R画素部)
 前記R画素部中のジケトピロロピロール顔料が、C.I.Pigment Red 254、同255、264、臭素化ジケトピロロピロール顔料、溶剤性赤色有機染料がC.I.Solvent Red 52、同111、同124、同135、同141、同145、同151、同179であることが好ましい。
If the content is too small, the effect of adding the above-mentioned alignment aid is less likely to appear, and problems such as the spontaneous alignment of the liquid crystal composition becoming weaker occur, and if it is too large, problems such as lowering the reliability of the liquid crystal occur. .. Therefore, the content is set in consideration of these balances.
<Color filter>
The color filter in the present invention is composed of a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel portion. The RGB three-color pixel portion serves as a coloring material, as a coloring material, and in the R pixel portion, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and/or Or one or more selected from oil-soluble anionic red organic dyes, and a mixture of a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment, a phthalocyanine green dye, a phthalocyanine blue dye and an azo yellow organic dye in the G pixel portion. The B pixel portion contains at least one selected from the group consisting of, and one or more selected from ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigments and/or cationic blue organic dyes.
(R pixel part)
The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the R pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, and solvent-based red organic dyes are C.I. I. Solvent Red 52, the same 111, the same 124, the same 135, the same 141, the same 145, the same 151, and the same 179 are preferable.
 前記R画素部中に更に、C.I.Pigment Red 177、同242、同166、同167、同179、C.I.Pigment Orange 38、同71、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、同215、同185、同138、同139、C.I.Solvent Red 89、C.I.Solvent Orange 56、C.I.Solvent Yellow 21、同82、同83:1、同33、同162からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の有機染顔料を含有し、ハイブリッド化するのが好ましい。
(G画素部)
 前記G画素部中のハロゲン化フタロシニアン顔料が、C.I.Pigment Green 7、同36、同58、同59、同62、同63、フタロシアニン系緑色染料が、下記一般式(PIG-1)で表される染料、フタロシアニン系青色染料が、C.I.Solvent Blue 67、アゾ系黄色有機染料が、C.I.Solvent Yellow 162であることが好ましい。
Further, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 242, 166, 167, 179, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38, the same 71, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, 139, C.I. I. Solvent Red 89, C.I. I. Solvent Orange 56, C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one organic dye or pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83:1, 33, and 162 is contained and hybridized.
(G pixel part)
The halogenated phthalocyanine pigment in the G pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, the same 36, the same 58, the same 59, the same 62, the same 63, a phthalocyanine green dye is a dye represented by the following general formula (PIG-1), and a phthalocyanine blue dye is C.I. I. Solvent Blue 67, an azo yellow organic dye is C.I. I. It is preferably Solvent Yellow 162.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
(式中、一般式(PIG-1)において、X1i~X16iは、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子または一般式(PIG-2)、(PIG-3)、(PIG-4)、(PIG-5)を表す。ひとつのベンゼン環に結合した4個のXの原子は同一でも異なっていても良い。Mは中心金属で、Zn、Cu、Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Mn、Co、Ni、Pd、Pt、Sn、Fe、InCl、VClを表す。X17iは酸素、イオウ、スルホン(-SO-)を表す。X18iは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1から29のアルキル基、の炭素数2から20のアルケニル基、炭素数3から30のアルキニル基、炭素数3から30シクロアルキル基、3から30シクロアルケニル基、炭素数6から30のシクロアルキニル基、又は炭素数6から30アリール基を表す。kは1から5の整数を表す。 (In the formula, in the general formula (PIG-1), X1i to X16i represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a general formula (PIG-2), (PIG-3), (PIG-4), (PIG-5) The four X atoms bonded to one benzene ring may be the same or different, M is a central metal, and Zn, Cu, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Mn, Co, Ni, Pd, Pt, Sn, Fe, InCl, VCl X17i represents oxygen, sulfur, sulfone (—SO 2 —) X18i represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom which may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and a cyclo having 6 to 30 carbon atoms It represents an alkynyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and k represents an integer of 1 to 5.
 前期G画素部中に更に、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、同215、同185、同138、C.I.Solvent Yellow 21、同82、同83:1、同33からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の有機染顔料を含有し、ハイブリッド化するのが好ましい。
(B画素部)
 前記B画素部中のε型銅フタロシニアン顔料がC.I.Pigment 15:6、カチオン性青色有機染料が、下記一般式(PIG-6)、(PIG-7)で表される染料であることが好ましい。
In the previous G pixel part, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one organic dye or pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, 83:1, and 33 is contained and hybridized.
(B pixel part)
The ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment in the B pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment 15:6 and the cationic blue organic dye are preferably dyes represented by the following general formulas (PIG-6) and (PIG-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
(式中、R1j~R6jは各々独立して水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基を表す。R1j~R6jが置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す場合、隣接するR1jとR2j、R3jとR4j、R5jとR6jが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。R7j及びX8jは各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を示す。Z1jは炭素数4~12のアルキル基、又は、-R7j-B1j-R8j-を表す。R7jおよびR8jは各々独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~8のアルキル基を表す。[A]b-は任意のb価のアニオンを表す。、aは2以上の整数を表す。bは2以上の整数を表す)
 B画素部中に更に、キサンテン系染料、C.I.Pigment Blue 1、C.I.Pigment Violet 23、C.I.Basic Blue 7、C.I.Basic Violet 10、C.I.Acid Blue 1、同90、同83、C.I.Direct Blue 86からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の有機染顔料を含有し、ハイブリッド化するのが好ましい。
(In the formula, R 1j to R 6j each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. When 1j to R 6j represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R 1j and R 2j , R 3j and R 4j , and R 5j and R 6j which are adjacent to each other may combine to form a ring structure. R 7j and X 8j each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, Z 1j represents an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, Or, represents —R 7j —B 1j —R 8j —, wherein R 7j and R 8j each independently represent an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and [A] b— is Represents an arbitrary b-valent anion, a represents an integer of 2 or more, and b represents an integer of 2 or more)
Further, xanthene dye, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 1, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23, C.I. I. Basic Blue 7, C.I. I. Basic Violet 10, C.I. I. Acid Blue 1, 90, 83, C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one organic dye or pigment selected from the group consisting of Direct Blue 86 is contained and hybridized.
 また、カラーフィルタが、ブラックマトリックスとRGB三色画素部とY画素部とから構成され、色材として、Y画素部に、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、同215、同185、同138、同139、C.I.Solvent Yellow 21、82、同83:1、同33及び同162からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の黄色有機染顔料を含有するのも好ましい。 Further, the color filter is composed of a black matrix, RGB three-color pixel portions and a Y pixel portion. I. Pigment Yellow 150, 215, 185, 138, 139, C.I. I. It is also preferable to contain at least one yellow organic dye or pigment selected from the group consisting of Solvent Yellow 21, 82, ibid 83:1, ibid 33 and ibid 162.
 本発明におけるカラーフィルタにおける各画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度x及び色度yは、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題発生を抑制する観点から、以下のようなものが好ましい。 The chromaticity x and the chromaticity y in the XYZ color system under the C light source of each pixel portion in the color filter of the present invention prevent the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer from decreasing and the ion density (ID) from increasing. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of display defects such as white spots, uneven alignment, and burning, the following are preferable.
 R画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.58~0.69であるのが好ましく、0.62~0.68であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.30~0.36であるのが好ましく、0.31~0.35であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.58~0.69であり、且つ色度yは0.30~0.36であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.62~0.68であり、且つ色度yは0.31~0.35であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the R pixel portion is preferably 0.58 to 0.69, more preferably 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is 0. It is preferably 0.30 to 0.36, more preferably 0.31 to 0.35, the chromaticity x is 0.58 to 0.69, and the chromaticity y is 0.30 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.62 to 0.68, and the chromaticity y is 0.31 to 0.35.
 G画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.19~0.35であるのが好ましく、0.20~0.29であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.54~0.76であるのが好ましく、0.64~0.74であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.19~0.35であり、且つ色度yは0.54~0.76であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.20~0.29であり、且つ色度yは0.64~0.74であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the G pixel portion is preferably 0.19 to 0.35, more preferably 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0. 0.54 to 0.76 is preferable, 0.64 to 0.74 is more preferable, chromaticity x is 0.19 to 0.35, and chromaticity y is 0.54 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.20 to 0.29, and the chromaticity y is 0.64 to 0.74.
 B画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.12~0.20であるのが好ましく、0.13~0.18であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.04~0.12であるのが好ましく、0.05~0.09であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.12~0.18であり、且つ色度yは0.04~0.12であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.13~0.17であり、且つ色度yは0.04~0.09であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the B pixel portion is preferably 0.12 to 0.20, more preferably 0.13 to 0.18, and the chromaticity y is 0. It is preferably 0.04 to 0.12, more preferably 0.05 to 0.09, the chromaticity x is 0.12 to 0.18, and the chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.13 to 0.17, and the chromaticity y is 0.04 to 0.09.
 Y画素部のC光源下のXYZ表色系での色度xは0.46~0.50であるのが好ましく、0.47~0.48であるのがより好ましく、色度yは0.48~0.53であるのが好ましく、0.50~0.52であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.46~0.50であり、且つ色度yは0.48~0.53であるのがより好ましく、色度xは0.47~0.48であり、且つ色度yは0.50~0.52であるのがより好ましい。 The chromaticity x in the XYZ color system under the C light source of the Y pixel portion is preferably 0.46 to 0.50, more preferably 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0. It is preferably 0.48 to 0.53, more preferably 0.50 to 0.52, the chromaticity x is 0.46 to 0.50, and the chromaticity y is 0.48 to 0. More preferably, the chromaticity x is 0.47 to 0.48, and the chromaticity y is 0.50 to 0.52.
 ここで、XYZ表色系とは、1931年にCIE(国際照明委員会)において標準表色系として承認された表色系をいう。 Here, the XYZ color system refers to the color system that was approved as a standard color system by the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) in 1931.
 前記の各画素部における色度は、用いる染顔料の種類やそれらの混合比率を変えることで調整することができる。例えば、R画素の場合は赤色染顔料に黄色染顔料及び/又は橙色顔料を、G画素の場合は緑色染顔料に黄色染顔料を、B画素の場合は青色染顔料に紫色染顔料又は黄味の青色染顔料を適当量添加することによって調整することが可能である。また、顔料の粒径を適宜調整することによっても調整できる。 The chromaticity in each of the above-mentioned pixel parts can be adjusted by changing the types of dyes and pigments used and their mixing ratio. For example, in the case of an R pixel, a yellow dye and/or an orange pigment is used as a red dye/pigment, in the case of a G pixel, a yellow dye/pigment is used as a green dye/pigment, and in the case of a B pixel, a blue dye/pigment is used as a purple dye/yellow tint. It can be adjusted by adding an appropriate amount of the blue dye/pigment. It can also be adjusted by appropriately adjusting the particle size of the pigment.
 カラーフィルタは、従来公知の方法でカラーフィルタ画素部を形成することができる。画素部の形成方法の代表的な方法としては、フォトリソグラフィー法であり、これは、後記する光硬化性組成物を、カラーフィルタ用の透明基板のブラックマトリックスを設けた側の面に塗布、加熱乾燥(プリベーク)した後、フォトマスクを介して紫外線を照射することでパターン露光を行って、画素部に対応する箇所の光硬化性化合物を硬化させた後、未露光部分を現像液で現像し、非画素部を除去して画素部を透明基板に固着させる方法である。この方法では、光硬化性組成物の硬化着色皮膜からなる画素部が透明基板上に形成される。 The color filter can form the color filter pixel portion by a conventionally known method. A typical method of forming the pixel portion is a photolithography method, which is a method in which a photocurable composition described below is applied to a surface of a transparent substrate for a color filter on a side provided with a black matrix and heated. After drying (prebaking), pattern exposure is performed by irradiating ultraviolet rays through a photomask to cure the photocurable compound in the area corresponding to the pixel area, and then develop the unexposed area with a developer. The method is to remove the non-pixel portion and fix the pixel portion to the transparent substrate. In this method, the pixel portion composed of the cured colored film of the photocurable composition is formed on the transparent substrate.
 R画素、G画素、B画素、必要に応じてY画素等の他の色の画素ごとに、後記する光硬化性組成物を調製して、前記した操作を繰り返すことにより、所定の位置にR画素、G画素、B画素、Y画素の着色画素部を有するカラーフィルタを製造することができる。 A photo-curable composition described below is prepared for each pixel of other colors such as R pixel, G pixel, B pixel, and Y pixel as necessary, and the above-described operation is repeated, so that R A color filter having colored pixel portions of pixels, G pixels, B pixels, and Y pixels can be manufactured.
 後記する光硬化性組成物をガラス等の透明基板上に塗布する方法としては、例えば、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、ロールコート法、インクジェット法等が挙げられる。 Examples of the method for applying the photocurable composition described below onto a transparent substrate such as glass include spin coating, slit coating, roll coating, and inkjet coating.
 透明基板に塗布した光硬化性組成物の塗膜の乾燥条件は、各成分の種類、配合割合等によっても異なるが、通常、50~150℃で、1~15分間程度である。また、光硬化性組成物の光硬化に用いる光としては、200~500nmの波長範囲の紫外線、あるいは可視光を使用するのが好ましい。この波長範囲の光を発する各種光源が使用できる。 The drying conditions for the coating film of the photocurable composition applied on the transparent substrate are usually 50 to 150° C. and about 1 to 15 minutes, although they vary depending on the type and mixing ratio of each component. As the light used for photocuring the photocurable composition, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays in the wavelength range of 200 to 500 nm or visible light. Various light sources that emit light in this wavelength range can be used.
 現像方法としては、例えば、液盛り法、ディッピング法、スプレー法等が挙げられる。光硬化性組成物の露光、現像の後に、必要な色の画素部が形成された透明基板は水洗いし乾燥させる。こうして得られたカラーフィルタは、ホットプレート、オーブン等の加熱装置により、90~280℃で、所定時間加熱処理(ポストベーク)することによって、着色塗膜中の揮発性成分を除去すると同時に、光硬化性組成物の硬化着色皮膜中に残存する未反応の光硬化性化合物が熱硬化し、カラーフィルタが完成する。 Examples of the developing method include a puddle method, a dipping method, and a spray method. After exposure and development of the photocurable composition, the transparent substrate on which the pixel portion of the required color is formed is washed with water and dried. The color filter thus obtained is subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) at 90 to 280° C. for a predetermined time with a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven to remove volatile components in the colored coating film and at the same time to remove light. The unreacted photocurable compound remaining in the cured colored film of the curable composition is thermally cured, and the color filter is completed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用色材は、本発明の液晶組成物と用いることで、液晶層の電圧保持率(VHR)の低下、イオン密度(ID)の増加を防止し、白抜け、配向むら、焼き付けなどの表示不良の問題を解決する液晶表示装置を提供することが可能となる。 The color material for a color filter of the present invention, when used together with the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, prevents the voltage holding ratio (VHR) of the liquid crystal layer from decreasing and the ion density (ID) from increasing, resulting in white spots, uneven alignment, It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device that solves the problem of display failure such as burning.
 前記光硬化性組成物の製造方法としては、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物と、有機溶剤と分散剤とを必須成分として使用し、これらを混合し均一となる様に攪拌分散を行って、まずカラーフィルタの画素部を形成するための顔料分散液を調製してから、そこに、光硬化性化合物と、必要に応じて熱可塑性樹脂や光重合開始剤等を加えて前記光硬化性組成物とする方法が一般的である。 As the method for producing the photocurable composition, the color filter pigment composition of the present invention, an organic solvent and a dispersant are used as essential components, and these are mixed by stirring and dispersing so as to be uniform. First, a pigment dispersion liquid for forming the pixel portion of the color filter is prepared, and then a photocurable compound and, if necessary, a thermoplastic resin, a photopolymerization initiator, or the like are added to the photocurable liquid. A method of forming a composition is common.
 ここで用いられる有機溶媒としては、例えば、トルエンやキシレン、メトキシベンゼン等の芳香族系溶剤、酢酸エチルや酢酸プロピルや酢酸ブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールプロピルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールブチルエーテルアセテート等の酢酸エステル系溶剤、エトキシエチルプロピオネート等のプロピオネート系溶剤、メタノール、エタノール等のアルコール系溶剤、ブチルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶剤、ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、γ-ブチロラクタム、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、アニリン、ピリジン等の窒素化合物系溶剤、γ-ブチロラクトン等のラクトン系溶剤、カルバミン酸メチルとカルバミン酸エチルの48:52の混合物の様なカルバミン酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent used here include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, and methoxybenzene, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol methyl ether acetate. , Acetic acid ester solvents such as diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol butyl ether acetate, propionate solvents such as ethoxyethyl propionate, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl Ethers, ether solvents such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and cyclohexanone, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, N,N-dimethylformamide, γ-butyrolactam, N-methyl-2- Examples thereof include nitrogen compound-based solvents such as pyrrolidone, aniline and pyridine, lactone-based solvents such as γ-butyrolactone, and carbamate esters such as a 48:52 mixture of methyl carbamate and ethyl carbamate.
 ここで用いられる分散剤としては、例えば、ビックケミー社のディスパービック130、ディスパービック161、ディスパービック162、ディスパービック163、ディスパービック170、ディスパービック171、ディスパービック174、ディスパービック180、ディスパービック182、ディスパービック183、ディスパービック184、ディスパービック185、ディスパービック2000、ディスパービック2001、ディスパービック2020、ディスパービック2050、ディスパービック2070、ディスパービック2096、ディスパービック2150、ディスパービックLPN21116、ディスパービックLPN6919、ルーブリゾール社のソルスパース3000、ソルスパース9000、ソルスパース13240、ソルスパース13650、ソルスパース13940、ソルスパース17000、18000、ソルスパース20000、ソルスパース21000、ソルスパース20000、ソルスパース24000、ソルスパース26000、ソルスパース27000、ソルスパース28000、ソルスパース32000、ソルスパース36000、ソルスパース37000、ソルスパース38000、ソルスパース41000、ソルスパース42000、ソルスパース43000、ソルスパース46000、ソルスパース54000、ソルスパース71000、味の素株式会社のアジスパーPB711、アジスパーPB821、アジスパーPB822、アジスパーPB814、アジスパーPN411、アジスパーPA111等の分散剤や、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、アルキッド系樹脂、ウッドロジン、ガムロジン、トール油ロジン等の天然ロジン、重合ロジン、不均化ロジン、水添ロジン、酸化ロジン、マレイン化ロジン等の変性ロジン、ロジンアミン、ライムロジン、ロジンアルキレンオキシド付加物、ロジンアルキド付加物、ロジン変性フェノール等のロジン誘導体等の、室温で液状かつ水不溶性の合成樹脂を含有させることが出来る。これら分散剤や、樹脂の添加は、フロッキュレーションの低減、顔料の分散安定性の向上、分散体の粘度特性を向上にも寄与する。 Examples of the dispersant used here include Disperbic 130, Disperbic 161, Disperbic 162, Disperbic 163, Disperbic 170, Disperbic 171, Disperbic 174, Disperbic 180, Disperbic 182, manufactured by Big Chemie. Dispervik 183, Dispervik 184, Dispervik 185, Dispervik 2000, Dispervik 2001, Dispervik 2020, Dispervik 2050, Dispervik 2070, Dispervik 2096, Dispervik 2150, Dispervik LPN21116, Dispervik LPN6919, Lubrizol Solsparse 3000, Solsperse 9000, Solsperse 13240, Solsperse 13650, Solsperse 13940, Solsperse 17000, 18000, Solsperse 20000, Solsperse 21000, Solsperse 20000, Solsperse 24000, Solsperse 26000, Solsperse 27000, Solsperse 38000, Solsperse 36000, Solsperse 36000, 37,000, Solsperse 38000, Solsperse 41000, Solsperse 42000, Solsperse 43000, Solsperse 46000, Solsperse 54000, Solsperse 71000, Ajinomoto Co.'s Azisper PB711, Ajisper PB821, Ajisper PB822, Ajisper PB814, Ajisper PN411, Ajisper PA111, etc. Acrylic resin, urethane resin, alkyd resin, natural rosin such as wood rosin, gum rosin and tall oil rosin, polymerized rosin, disproportionated rosin, hydrogenated rosin, oxidized rosin, modified rosin such as maleated rosin, rosin amine, lime rosin , A rosin alkylene oxide adduct, a rosin alkyd adduct, a rosin derivative such as a rosin-modified phenol, and the like, and a synthetic resin which is liquid at room temperature and insoluble in water can be contained. Addition of these dispersants and resins also contributes to reduction of flocculation, improvement of pigment dispersion stability, and improvement of viscosity characteristics of the dispersion.
 また、分散助剤として、有機顔料誘導体の、例えば、フタルイミドメチル誘導体、同スルホン酸誘導体、同N-(ジアルキルアミノ)メチル誘導体、同N-(ジアルキルアミノアルキル)スルホン酸アミド誘導体等も含有することも出来る。もちろん、これら誘導体は、異なる種類のものを二種以上併用することも出来る。 Further, as a dispersion aid, organic pigment derivatives such as phthalimidomethyl derivative, sulfonic acid derivative, N-(dialkylamino)methyl derivative, N-(dialkylaminoalkyl)sulfonic acid amide derivative, etc. should be contained. You can also Of course, these derivatives may be used in combination of two or more different types.
 光硬化性組成物の調製に使用する熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ウレタン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂、スチレンマレイン酸系樹脂、スチレン無水マレイン酸系樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin used to prepare the photocurable composition include urethane resins, acrylic resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, styrene maleic acid resins, and styrene maleic anhydride resins. ..
 光硬化性化合物としては、例えば、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ビス(アクリロキシエトキシ)ビスフェノールA、3-メチルペンタンジオールジアクリレート等のような2官能モノマー、トリメチルロールプロパトントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、トリス〔2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート等の比較的分子量の小さな多官能モノマー、ポリエステルアクリレート、ポリウレタンアクリレート、ポリエーテルアクリレート等の様な比較的分子量の大きな多官能モノマーが挙げられる。 Examples of the photocurable compound include 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, bis(acryloxyethoxy)bisphenol A, and 3-methylpentanediol diacrylate. Difunctional monomers such as acrylates, trimethylolpropaton triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, tris[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, etc. Examples thereof include polyfunctional monomers having a small molecular weight and polyfunctional monomers having a relatively large molecular weight such as polyester acrylate, polyurethane acrylate, and polyether acrylate.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えばアセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、ベンジルジメチルケタノール、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、2-クロロチオキサントン、1,3-ビス(4’-アジドベンザル)-2-プロパン、1,3-ビス(4’-アジドベンザル)-2-プロパン-2’-スルホン酸、4,4’-ジアジドスチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸等が挙げられる。市販の光重合開始剤としては、たとえば、BASF社製「イルガキュア(商標名)-184」、「イルガキュア(商標名)-369」、「ダロキュア(商標名)-1173」、BASF社製「ルシリン-TPO」、日本化薬社製「カヤキュアー(商標名)DETX」、「カヤキュアー(商標名)OA」、ストーファー社製「バイキュアー10」、「バイキュアー55」、アクゾー社製「トリゴナールPI」、サンド社製「サンドレー1000」、アップジョン社製「デープ」、黒金化成社製「ビイミダゾール」などがある。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include acetophenone, benzophenone, benzyldimethylketanol, benzoyl peroxide, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 1,3-bis(4'-azidobenzal)-2-propane, 1,3-bis(4' -Azidobenzal)-2-propane-2'-sulfonic acid, 4,4'-diazidostilbene-2,2'-disulfonic acid and the like. Examples of commercially available photopolymerization initiators include “IRGACURE (trademark)-184”, “IRGACURE (trademark)-369”, “DAROCURE (trademark)-1173” manufactured by BASF, and “Lucillin-trademark” manufactured by BASF. "TPO", "Kayakyu (trade name) DETX" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., "Kaya cure (trade name) OA", "Vicure 10", "Vicure 55" manufactured by Stouffer, "Trigonal PI" manufactured by Akzo, Sand Corp. "Sandray 1000" manufactured by Upjohn, "Deep" manufactured by Upjohn, and "Biimidazole" manufactured by Kurogane Kasei.
 また上記光重合開始剤に公知慣用の光増感剤を併用することもできる。光増感剤としては、たとえば、アミン類、尿素類、硫黄原子を有する化合物、燐原子を有する化合物、塩素原子を有する化合物またはニトリル類もしくはその他の窒素原子を有する化合物等が挙げられる。これらは、単独で用いることも、2種以上を組み合わせて用いることもできる。 Also, a known and commonly used photosensitizer may be used in combination with the above photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the photosensitizer include amines, ureas, compounds having a sulfur atom, compounds having a phosphorus atom, compounds having a chlorine atom, nitriles, and other compounds having a nitrogen atom. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光重合開始剤の配合率は、特に限定されるものではないが、質量基準で、光重合性あるいは光硬化性官能基を有する化合物に対して0.1~30%の範囲が好ましい。0.1%未満では、光硬化時の感光度が低下する傾向にあり、30%を超えると、顔料分散レジストの塗膜を乾燥させたときに、光重合開始剤の結晶が析出して塗膜物性の劣化を引き起こすことがある。 The compounding ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30% based on the mass of the compound having a photopolymerizable or photocurable functional group. If it is less than 0.1%, the photosensitivity during photocuring tends to decrease, and if it exceeds 30%, the photopolymerization initiator crystals precipitate when the coating film of the pigment-dispersed resist is dried. This may cause deterioration of the physical properties of the film.
 前記した様な各材料を使用して、質量基準で、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物100部当たり、300~1000部の有機溶剤と、1~100部の分散剤とを、均一となる様に攪拌分散して前記染顔料液を得ることができる。次いでこの顔料分散液に、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物1部当たり、熱可塑性樹脂と光硬化性化合物の合計が3~20部、光硬化性化合物1部当たり0.05~3部の光重合開始剤と、必要に応じてさらに有機溶剤を添加し、均一となる様に攪拌分散してカラーフィルタ画素部を形成するための光硬化性組成物を得ることができる。 Using each of the above-mentioned materials, 300 to 1000 parts of the organic solvent and 1 to 100 parts of the dispersant are made uniform per 100 parts by weight of the pigment composition for a color filter of the present invention. Thus, the dye/pigment liquid can be obtained by stirring and dispersing. Next, in this pigment dispersion, the total amount of the thermoplastic resin and the photocurable compound was 3 to 20 parts per 1 part of the color filter pigment composition of the present invention, and 0.05 to 3 parts per 1 part of the photocurable compound. It is possible to obtain a photocurable composition for forming a color filter pixel portion by adding a photopolymerization initiator and, if necessary, an organic solvent further and stirring and dispersing so as to be uniform.
 現像液としては、公知慣用の有機溶剤やアルカリ水溶液を使用することができる。特に前記光硬化性組成物に、熱可塑性樹脂または光硬化性化合物が含まれており、これらの少なくとも一方が酸価を有し、アルカリ可溶性を呈する場合には、アルカリ水溶液での洗浄がカラーフィルタ画素部の形成に効果的である。 As the developing solution, a known and commonly used organic solvent or alkaline aqueous solution can be used. In particular, in the case where the photocurable composition contains a thermoplastic resin or a photocurable compound, and at least one of these has an acid value and exhibits alkali solubility, washing with an aqueous alkali solution is a color filter. It is effective for forming the pixel portion.
 フォトリソグラフィー法によるカラーフィルタ画素部の製造方法について詳記したが、本発明のカラーフィルタ用顔料組成物を使用して調製されたカラーフィタ画素部は、その他の電着法、転写法、ミセル電解法、PVED(PhotovoltaicElectrodeposition)法、インクジェット法、反転印刷法、熱硬化法等の方法で各色画素部を形成して、カラーフィルタを製造してもよい。 Although the method for producing the color filter pixel portion by the photolithography method has been described in detail, the color filter pixel portion prepared by using the pigment composition for a color filter of the present invention can be used for other electrodeposition method, transfer method, micelle electrolysis method. , A PVED (Photovoltaic Electrodeposition) method, an inkjet method, a reverse printing method, a thermosetting method, or the like may be used to form each color pixel portion to manufacture a color filter.
 有機顔料を基材に塗布して乾燥させた状態でカラーフィルタとしてもよいし、顔料分散体に硬化性樹脂が含まれる場合、熱や活性エネルギー線により硬化することでカラーフィルタとしてもよい。また、ホットプレート、オーブン等の加熱装置により、100~280℃で、所定時間加熱処理(ポストベーク)することによって、塗膜中の揮発性成分を除去する工程を行ってもかまわない。
(配向膜)
 本発明の液晶表示装置において、第一の基板と、第二の基板の一方の基板上の液晶組成物と接する面には液晶組成物を配向させるため、配向膜を有していても良い。配向膜を必要とする液晶表示装置においてはカラーフィルタと液晶層間に配置するものであるが、配向膜の膜厚が厚いものでも100nm以下と薄く、カラーフィルタを構成する顔料等の色素と液晶層を構成する液晶化合物との相互作用を完全に遮断するものでは無い。
The organic pigment may be applied to a substrate and dried to form a color filter, or when the pigment dispersion contains a curable resin, the pigment may be cured by heat or an active energy ray to form a color filter. Further, the step of removing the volatile components in the coating film may be performed by heating (post-baking) at 100 to 280° C. for a predetermined time with a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven.
(Alignment film)
In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, an alignment film may be provided on the surface of one of the first substrate and the second substrate which is in contact with the liquid crystal composition in order to align the liquid crystal composition. In a liquid crystal display device that requires an alignment film, it is arranged between a color filter and a liquid crystal layer. However, even if the alignment film has a large film thickness, it is as thin as 100 nm or less. It does not completely block the interaction with the liquid crystal compound constituting the.
 又、配向膜を用いない液晶表示装置においては、カラーフィルタを構成する顔料等の色素と液晶層を構成する液晶化合物との相互作用はより大きくなる。 In addition, in a liquid crystal display device that does not use an alignment film, the interaction between a dye such as a pigment that forms a color filter and a liquid crystal compound that forms a liquid crystal layer becomes greater.
 配向膜材料としては、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、BCB(ペンゾシクロブテンポリマー)、ポリビニルアルコールなどの透明性有機材料を用いることができ、特に、p-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフエニルメタンなどの脂肪族または脂環族ジアミン等のジアミン及びブタンテトラカルボン酸無水物や2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸無水物等の脂肪族又は脂環式テトラカルボン酸無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物等の芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から合成されるポリアミック酸をイミド化した、ポリイミド配向膜が好ましい。この場合の配向付与方法は、ラビングを用いることが一般的であるが、垂直配向膜等に使用する場合は配向を付与しないで使用することもできる。 As the alignment film material, transparent organic materials such as polyimide, polyamide, BCB (penzocyclobutene polymer) and polyvinyl alcohol can be used. In particular, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane and the like can be used. Diamines such as aliphatic or alicyclic diamines and butanetetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and aliphatic or alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides such as 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride A polyimide alignment film obtained by imidizing a polyamic acid synthesized from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride such as a compound is preferable. In this case, rubbing is generally used as a method for providing orientation, but when used for a vertical orientation film or the like, it may be used without giving orientation.
 配向膜材料としては、カルコン、シンナメート、シンナモイル又はアゾ基等を化合物中に含む、材料を使用することができ、ポリイミド、ポリアミド等の材料と組み合わせて使用してもよく、この場合配向膜はラビングを用いてもよく光配向技術を用いてもよい。 As the alignment film material, a material containing chalcone, cinnamate, cinnamoyl or azo group in the compound can be used, and may be used in combination with a material such as polyimide or polyamide. In this case, the alignment film is rubbed. Or a photo-alignment technique may be used.
 配向膜は、基板上に前記配向膜材料をスピンコート法などの方法により塗布して樹脂膜を形成することが一般的であるが、一軸延伸法、ラングミュア・ブロジェット法等を用いることもできる。
(透明電極)
 本発明の液晶表示装置において、透明電極の材料としては、導電性の金属酸化物を用いることができ、金属酸化物としては酸化インジウム(In2O3)、酸化スズ(SnO2)、酸化亜鉛(ZnO)、酸化インジウムスズ(In2O3―SnO2)、酸化インジウム亜鉛(In2O3―ZnO)、ニオブ添加二酸化チタン(Ti1-xNbO2)、フッ素ドープ酸化スズ、グラフェンナノリボン又は金属ナノワイヤー等が使用できるが、酸化亜鉛(ZnO)、酸化インジウムスズ(In2O3―SnO2)又は酸化インジウム亜鉛(In2O3―ZnO)が好ましい。これらの透明導電膜のパターニングには、フォト・エッチング法やマスクを用いる方法などを使用することができる。
The alignment film is generally formed by applying the alignment film material on the substrate by a method such as spin coating to form a resin film, but a uniaxial stretching method, a Langmuir-Blodgett method, or the like can also be used. ..
(Transparent electrode)
In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a conductive metal oxide can be used as the material of the transparent electrode, and as the metal oxide, indium oxide (In2O3), tin oxide (SnO2), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium tin oxide (In2O3-SnO2), indium zinc oxide (In2O3-ZnO), niobium added titanium dioxide (Ti 1-x Nb x O2 ), fluorine-doped tin oxide, although graphene nanoribbons or metal nanowires and the like can be used, oxide Zinc (ZnO), indium tin oxide (In2O3-SnO2) or indium zinc oxide (In2O3-ZnO) is preferred. For patterning these transparent conductive films, a photo-etching method or a method using a mask can be used.
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、特にアクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示装置に有用であり、TNモード、IPSモード、高分子安定化IPSモード、FFSモード、OCBモード、VAモード又はECBモード用液晶表示装置に適用できる。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is particularly useful as an active matrix driving liquid crystal display device, and is useful as a liquid crystal display device for TN mode, IPS mode, polymer stabilized IPS mode, FFS mode, OCB mode, VA mode or ECB mode. Applicable.
 本液晶表示装置と、バックライトを組み合わせて、液晶テレビ、パソコンのモニター、携帯電話、スマートフォンのディスプレイや、ノート型パーソナルコンピューター、携帯情報端末、デジタルサイネージ等の様々な用途で使用される。バックライトとしては、冷陰極管タイプバックライト、無機材料を用いた発光ダイオードや有機EL素子を用いた、2波長ピークの擬似白色バックライトと3波長ピークのバックライト等がある。 Combined with the liquid crystal display device and a backlight, it is used in various applications such as LCD TVs, PC monitors, mobile phones, smartphone displays, notebook personal computers, personal digital assistants, and digital signage. As the backlight, there are a cold cathode tube type backlight, a pseudo white backlight having a two-wavelength peak and a backlight having a three-wavelength peak, which uses a light emitting diode or an organic EL element using an inorganic material.
 以下、例を挙げて本願発明を更に詳述するが、本願発明はこれらによって限定されるものではない。実施例において化合物の記載について以下の略号を用いる。なお、nは自然数を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the examples, the following abbreviations are used for describing compounds. In addition, n represents a natural number.
 (側鎖)
 -n    -C2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 n-    C2n+1- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 -On   -OC2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
 nO-   C2n+1O- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
 -V    -CH=CH
 V-    CH=CH-
 -V1   -CH=CH-CH
 1V-   CH-CH=CH-
 -2V   -CH-CH-CH=CH
 V2-   CH=CH-CH-CH
 -2V1  -CH-CH-CH=CH-CH
 1V2-  CH-CH=CH-CH-CH
 (連結基)
-n-     -C2n
-nO-    -C2n-O-
-On-    -O-C2n
-COO-   -C(=O)-O-
-OCO-   -O-C(=O)-
-CF2O-  -CF-O-
-OCF2-  -O-CF
 (環構造)
(Side chain)
-N -C n H 2n + 1 linear carbon atoms n alkyl group n- C n H 2n + 1 - linear straight chain alkyl group -On -OC n H 2n + 1 carbon atoms n carbon atoms n -Like alkoxyl group nO- C n H 2n+1 O- Linear alkoxyl group having a carbon atom number of -V -CH=CH 2
V-CH 2 =CH-
-V1 -CH=CH-CH 3
1V- CH 3 -CH=CH-
-2V -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH 3
V2-CH 2 =CH-CH 2 -CH 2-
-2V1 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH=CH-CH 3
1V2- CH 3 -CH=CH-CH 2 -CH 2
(Linking group)
-N- -C n H 2n-
-NO- -C n H 2n -O-
-On- -O-C n H 2n -
-COO- -C(=O)-O-
-OCO- -OC(=O)-
-CF2O- -CF 2 -O-
-OCF2- -O-CF 2 -
(Ring structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 実施例中、測定した特性は以下の通りである。 The characteristics measured in the examples are as follows.
 TNI :ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
 Δn :25℃における屈折率異方性
 Δε :25℃における誘電率異方性
 γ :25℃における回転粘度(mPa・s)
 K11 :25℃における弾性定数K11(pN)
 K33 :25℃における弾性定数K33(pN)
VHR:60℃における周波数60Hz,印加電圧1Vの条件下での電圧保持率(%)
「カラーフィルタの作成」
[着色組成物の調製]
[赤色染料着色組成物1]
赤色染料1(C.I.Solvent Red 124)10部をポリビンに入れ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート55部、0.3-0.4mmφセプルビーズを加え、ペイントコンディショナー(東洋精機株式会社製)で4時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し染料着色液を得た。 この染料着色液75.00部とポリエステルアクリレート樹脂(アロニックス(商標名)M7100、東亜合成化学工業株式会社製)5.50部、ジぺンタエリストールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(商標名)DPHA、日本化薬株式会社製)5.00部、ベンゾフェノン(KAYACURE(商標名)BP-100、日本化薬株式会社製)1.00部、ユーカーエステルEEP13.5部を分散撹拌機で撹拌し、孔径1.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、赤色染料着色組成物1を得た。
[赤色染料着色組成物2]
 上記赤色染料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 10部に代え、赤色染料2(C.I.Solvent Red 135)8部と黄色染料1(C.I.Solvent Yellow 21)2部を用いて、上記と同様にして、赤色染料着色組成物2を得た。
[赤色染料着色組成物3]
 上記赤色染料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 10部に代え、赤色染料3(C.I.Solvent Red 52)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、赤色染料着色組成物3を得た。
[赤色染顔料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染料1 4部、小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が25nm、規格化分散40%の赤色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Red 254)2部と小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が30nm、規格化分散50%の赤色顔料2(C.I.Pigment Red 177)2部、小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が35nm、規格化分散60%黄色顔料2(C.I.Pigment Yellow 139)2部をポリビンに入れ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート55部、ディスパービックLPN21116(ビックケミー株式会社製)7.0部、Saint-Gobain社製0.3-0.4mmφジルコニアビーズ「ER-120S」を加え、ペイントコンディショナー(東洋精機株式会社製)で4時間分散した後、1μmのフィルタで濾過し顔料分散液を得た。この顔料分散液75.00部とポリエステルアクリレート樹脂(アロニックス(商標名)M7100、東亜合成化学工業株式会社製)5.50部、ジぺンタエリストールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(商標名)DPHA、日本化薬株式会社製)5.00部、ベンゾフェノン(KAYACURE(商標名)BP-100、日本化薬株式会社製)1.00部、ユーカーエステルEEP13.5部を分散撹拌機で撹拌し、孔径1.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、赤色染顔料着色組成物1を得た。
T NI : Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (°C)
Δn: Anisotropy of refractive index at 25° C. Δε: Anisotropy of dielectric constant at 25° C. γ 1 : Rotational viscosity at 25° C. (mPa·s)
K 11 : Elastic constant K 11 (pN) at 25° C.
K 33 : Elastic constant K 33 (pN) at 25° C.
VHR: voltage holding ratio (%) under conditions of a frequency of 60 Hz at 60°C and an applied voltage of 1 V
"Creating a Color Filter"
[Preparation of coloring composition]
[Red dye coloring composition 1]
Put 10 parts of Red Dye 1 (CI Solvent Red 124) in a polybin, add 55 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 0.3-0.4 mmφ sepul beads, and paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours. After dispersion, the solution was filtered through a 5 μm filter to obtain a dye coloring solution. 75.00 parts of this dye coloring liquid, 5.50 parts of polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trademark) M7100, manufactured by Toagosei Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trademark) DPHA, made by Japan) (Yaku Co., Ltd.) 5.00 parts, benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.00 parts, and Eukerester EEP 13.5 parts were stirred with a dispersion stirrer to obtain a pore size of 1. A red dye coloring composition 1 was obtained by filtering with a 0 μm filter.
[Red dye coloring composition 2]
In place of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1, 8 parts of the red dye 2 (CI Solvent Red 135) and 2 parts of the yellow dye 1 (CI Solvent Yellow 21) were used. In the same manner as described above, a red dye coloring composition 2 was obtained.
[Red dye coloring composition 3]
A red dye coloring composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the red dye 3 (CI Solvent Red 52) instead of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1.
[Red dye/pigment coloring composition 1]
14 parts of the above red dye, 2 parts of red pigment 1 (CI Pigment Red 254) having an average primary particle diameter of 25 nm in the small angle X-ray scattering method and standardized dispersion of 40%, and the average primary particle of the small angle X-ray scattering method. 2 parts of red pigment 2 (CI Pigment Red 177) having a diameter of 30 nm and a standardized dispersion of 50%, an average primary particle diameter of 35 nm by a small angle X-ray scattering method, a standardized dispersion of 60% yellow pigment 2 (C.I. Pigment Yellow 139) 2 parts in a polybin, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 55 parts, Disperbic LPN21116 (manufactured by Big Chemie Co., Ltd.) 7.0 parts, Saint-Gobain 0.3-0.4 mmφ zirconia beads “ER”. -120S" was added, and the mixture was dispersed with a paint conditioner (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid. 75.00 parts of this pigment dispersion and 5.50 parts of polyester acrylate resin (Aronix (trademark) M7100, manufactured by Toagosei Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (trademark) DPHA, manufactured by Japan) (Yaku Co., Ltd.) 5.00 parts, benzophenone (KAYACURE (trade name) BP-100, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.00 parts, and Eukerester EEP 13.5 parts were stirred with a dispersion stirrer to obtain a pore size of 1. A red dye-pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained by filtering with a 0 μm filter.
 なお、有機顔料の平均一次粒子径及び粒径分布は、特開2006-113042公報の小角エックス線散乱法に基づく有機顔料分散体の小角エックス線散乱プロファイル(測定散乱プロファイル)から得られたものである。
[赤色染顔料着色組成物2]
 上記赤色染顔料着色組成物1の赤色顔料1を小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が20nm、規格化分散40%の赤色顔料3(PIG-8の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール顔料)に代え、上記と同様にして、赤色染顔料着色組成物2を得た。
The average primary particle diameter and the particle diameter distribution of the organic pigment are obtained from the small-angle X-ray scattering profile (measured scattering profile) of the organic pigment dispersion based on the small-angle X-ray scattering method disclosed in JP-A 2006-113042.
[Red dye/pigment coloring composition 2]
The red pigment 1 of the above red dye/pigment coloring composition 1 was replaced with a red pigment 3 having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm by a small angle X-ray scattering method and a standardized dispersion of 40% (a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of PIG-8). A red dye/pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
[赤色顔料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染顔料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 4部、赤色顔料1 2部、赤色顔料2 2部、黄色顔料2 2部に代え、小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が50nm、規格化分散70%の赤色顔料4(C.I.Pigment Red 48:1)を用いて、上記と同様にして、赤色顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[緑色染料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 10部に代え、青色染料1(C.I.Solvent Blue 67)3部と黄色染料2(C.I.Solvent Yellow 162)7部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色染料着色組成物1を得た。
[緑色染料着色組成物2]
 上記緑色染料着色組成物1の青色染料1 3部を緑色染料1(PIG-9の構造)8部、 黄色染料2(C.I.Solvent Yellow 162)7部を2部に代えて 、上記と同様にして、緑色染料着色組成物2を得た。
[Red pigment coloring composition 1]
In place of the red dye 14 parts, the red pigment 12 parts, the red pigment 22 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 parts of the above red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, the average primary particle diameter in the small-angle X-ray scattering method is 50 nm, and standardized. Red Pigment Coloring Composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as above using Red Pigment 4 (CI Pigment Red 48:1) having a dispersion of 70%.
[Green dye coloring composition 1]
In place of 10 parts of red dye 1 of the above red dye coloring composition 1, 3 parts of blue dye 1 (CI Solvent Blue 67) and 7 parts of yellow dye 2 (CI Solvent Yellow 162) were used, A green dye coloring composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as described above.
[Green dye coloring composition 2]
In the above green dye coloring composition 1, 3 parts of blue dye 1 was replaced with 8 parts of green dye 1 (structure of PIG-9), and 7 parts of yellow dye 2 (CI Solvent Yellow 162) was replaced with 2 parts. Similarly, a green dye coloring composition 2 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
[緑色染料着色組成物3]
上記緑色染料着色組成物1の青色染料1 3部を緑色染料2(PIG-10の構造)9部、 黄色染料2(C.I.Solvent Yellow 162)7部を1部に代えて 、上記と同様にして、緑色染料着色組成物3を得た。
[Green dye coloring composition 3]
3 parts of the blue dye 1 of the above green dye coloring composition 1 was replaced with 9 parts of the green dye 2 (structure of PIG-10), and 7 parts of the yellow dye 2 (CI Solvent Yellow 162) was replaced with 1 part. Similarly, a green dye coloring composition 3 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
[緑色染料着色組成物4]
 上記緑色染料着色組成物1の青色染料1 3部と黄色染料2 7部に代え緑色染料1(C.I.Solvent Green 7)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色染料着色組成物4を得た。
[緑色染顔料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染顔料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 4部、赤色顔料1 2部、赤色顔料2 2部、黄色顔料2 2部に代え、上記緑色染料1 3部と緑色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Green 58、DIC株式会社製「FASTOGEN GREEN A350」)3部と黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、BAYER社製FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN)4部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色染顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[緑色染顔料着色組成物2]
 上記緑色染顔料着色組成物1の緑色顔料1 3部、黄色顔料1 4部に代え、緑色顔料2(C.I.Pigment Green 63)2部と黄色顔料2(C.I.Pigment YELLOW 138)5部を用いて、上記と同様にして、緑色染顔料着色組成物2を得た。
[青色染料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 10部に代え、青色染料2(C.I.Basic Blue 7,PIG-11の構造)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、青色染料着色組成物1を得た。
[Green dye coloring composition 4]
In the same manner as described above, 10 parts of green dye 1 (CI Solvent Green 7) was used in place of 3 parts of blue dye 1 and 7 parts of yellow dye 2 of the above-mentioned green dye coloring composition 1. Got 4.
[Green dye/pigment coloring composition 1]
Instead of the red dye 14 parts, the red pigment 1 2 parts, the red pigment 22 2 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 2 parts of the red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, the green dye 1 3 parts and the green pigment 1 (C.I. Pigment Green 58, 3 parts of "FASTOGEN GREEN A350" manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd., and 4 parts of yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment Yellow 150, FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN manufactured by BAYER) in the same manner as above, and green. A dye-pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained.
[Green dye/pigment coloring composition 2]
In place of the green pigment 1 3 parts and the yellow pigment 1 4 parts of the green dye/pigment coloring composition 1, 2 parts of the green pigment 2 (CI Pigment Green 63) and the yellow pigment 2 (CI Pigment YELLOW 138) were used. A green dye/pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as above using 5 parts.
[Blue dye coloring composition 1]
In place of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1, 10 parts of the blue dye 2 (C.I. Basic Blue 7, structure of PIG-11) was used, and the blue dye coloring composition was obtained in the same manner as above. Item 1 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
[青色染料着色組成物2]
 上記赤色染料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 10部に代え、青色染料3(PIG-12の構造)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、青色染料着色組成物2を得た。
[Blue dye coloring composition 2]
A blue dye coloring composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the blue dye 3 (structure of PIG-12) instead of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
[青色染料着色組成物3]
 上記赤色染料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 10部に代え、青色染料4(PIG-13の構造)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、青色染料着色組成物3を得た。
[Blue dye coloring composition 3]
A blue dye coloring composition 3 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the blue dye 4 (structure of PIG-13) instead of 10 parts of the red dye 1 of the red dye coloring composition 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
[青色染料着色組成物4]
 上記青色染料着色組成物2の青色染料1 10部に代え、青色染料5(C.I.Solvent Blue 12)10部を用いて、上記と同様にして、青色染料着色組成物4を得た。
[青色染顔料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染顔料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 4部、赤色顔料1 2部、赤色顔料2 2部、黄色顔料2 2部に代え、小角エックス線散乱法での平均一次粒子径が20nm、規格化分散50%青色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6)8部とPIG-14のキサンテン系染料2部、を用いて、上記と同様にして、青色染顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[Blue dye coloring composition 4]
A blue dye coloring composition 4 was obtained in the same manner as above using 10 parts of the blue dye 5 (CI Solvent Blue 12) in place of 10 parts of the blue dye 1 of the blue dye coloring composition 2.
[Blue dye/pigment coloring composition 1]
In place of the red dye 14 parts, the red pigment 12 parts, the red pigment 22 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 parts of the red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, the average primary particle diameter in the small-angle X-ray scattering method is 20 nm, and standardization is performed. A blue dye-pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as described above using 8 parts of 50% dispersed blue pigment 1 (CI Pigment Blue 15:6) and 2 parts of xanthene dye of PIG-14. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
[青色染顔料着色組成物2]
 上記青色染顔料着色組成物1の青色顔料1 8部を9部に代え、キサンテン系染料2部を青色染料2(C.I.Basic Blue 7,PIG-11の構造)代え、上記と同様にして、青色染顔料着色組成物2を得た。
[黄色染顔料着色組成物1]
 上記赤色染顔料着色組成物1の赤色染料1 4部、赤色顔料1 2部、赤色顔料2 2部、黄色顔料2 2部に代え、黄色染料1 6部と黄色顔料1(C.I.Pigment Yellow 150、LANXESS社製FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN)4部を用いて、上記と同様にして、黄色染顔料着色組成物1を得た。
[Blue dye/pigment coloring composition 2]
In the same manner as described above, except that 8 parts of blue pigment 1 in blue dye/pigment coloring composition 1 was replaced with 9 parts, and 2 parts of xanthene dye was replaced with blue dye 2 (structure of CI Basic Blue 7, PIG-11). Thus, a blue dye/pigment coloring composition 2 was obtained.
[Yellow dye/pigment coloring composition 1]
In place of the red dye 1 4 parts, the red pigment 1 2 parts, the red pigment 22 2 parts, and the yellow pigment 22 2 parts of the above red dye/pigment coloring composition 1, 6 parts of yellow dye 1 and yellow pigment 1 (CI Pigment) were used. A yellow dye/pigment coloring composition 1 was obtained in the same manner as above using 4 parts of Yellow 150 and FANCHON FAST YELLOW E4GN manufactured by LANXESS.
 下記表に示す染料着色組成物、顔料着色組成物又は染顔料着色組成物を用い、カラーフィルタ1~5を作成した。 Color filters 1 to 5 were prepared using the dye coloring composition, pigment coloring composition or dye/pigment coloring composition shown in the following table.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
(実施例1~20)
 以下の表に示すLC-1の液晶組成物を調整し、それらの物性を測定した。物性は下記表のとおりであった。
(Examples 1 to 20)
The liquid crystal compositions of LC-1 shown in the table below were prepared and their physical properties were measured. The physical properties are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
 前記の液晶組成物100質量部に対し、重合性化合物を表3中の添加量で添加した重合性化合物含有液晶組成を調製した。 A polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared in which the polymerizable compound was added in the addition amount shown in Table 3 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above liquid crystal composition.
 絶縁層上にパターン化された透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層を有し、表1に示すカラーフィルタ層を具備した配向膜を有さない第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する画素電極層を有する配向膜を有さない第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。第一の基板上に液晶組成物を滴下し、第二の基板で挟持し、シール材を常圧で110℃2時間の条件で硬化させた。その後東芝ライテック社製のUV蛍光ランプを120分間照射し(313nmにおける照度1.7mW/cm)、セルギャップ3.5μmの液晶表示素子を得た。 A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer made of a patterned transparent common electrode on an insulating layer and having no alignment film having a color filter layer shown in Table 1, and an active element And a second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having no alignment film having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by. The liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate, sandwiched between the second substrates, and the sealing material was cured at 110° C. for 2 hours under normal pressure. Thereafter, a UV fluorescent lamp manufactured by Toshiba Lighting & Technology Co. was irradiated for 120 minutes (illuminance at 313 nm was 1.7 mW/cm 2 ) to obtain a liquid crystal display device having a cell gap of 3.5 μm.
 得られた液晶セルのVHRを測定した結果、本願発明のカラーフィルタと重合性液晶組成物を有する液晶表示素子はいずれにも優れた特性を有することが確認された。 As a result of measuring VHR of the obtained liquid crystal cell, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal display device having the color filter of the present invention and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition had excellent characteristics.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
(実施例21~140)
 以下の表に示すLC-2からLC-7の液晶組成物を調整し、それらの物性を測定した。物性は下記表のとおりであった。
(Examples 21 to 140)
Liquid crystal compositions LC-2 to LC-7 shown in the table below were prepared and their physical properties were measured. The physical properties are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
 前記の各液晶組成物100質量部に対し、重合性化合物を下記表中の添加量で添加した重合性化合物含有液晶組成を調製した。その後実施例1と同様の方法で液晶表示素子を作成し、VHRを測定した。本願発明のカラーフィルタと重合性液晶組成物を有する液晶表示素子はいずれにも優れた特性を有することが確認された。 A polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared by adding the polymerizable compound in an addition amount shown in the following table to 100 parts by mass of each of the above liquid crystal compositions. After that, a liquid crystal display element was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 and VHR was measured. It was confirmed that the liquid crystal display device having the color filter of the present invention and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition had excellent properties.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000131
(比較例1~8)
 液晶組成物LC-1100質量部に対し、重合性化合物を下記表中の添加量で添加した重合性化合物含有液晶組成を調製した。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 8)
A polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared by adding the polymerizable compound in an addition amount shown in the following table to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal composition LC-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000133
 絶縁層上にパターン化された透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層、カラーフィルタ層及び垂直配向膜(JALS-2096)を具備した第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する画素電極層及び垂直配向膜を有する第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。配向膜の焼成条件は200℃40分とした。第一の基板上に液晶組成物を滴下し、第二の基板で挟持し、シール材を常圧で110℃2時間の条件で硬化させた。その後東芝ライテック社製のUV蛍光ランプを120分間照射し(313nmにおける照度1.7mW/cm)、セルギャップ3.5μmの液晶表示素子を得た。 Driven by an active element and a first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer consisting of a transparent common electrode patterned on an insulating layer, a color filter layer and a vertical alignment film (JALS-2096) A pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode and a second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having a vertical alignment film were prepared. The firing conditions for the alignment film were 200° C. and 40 minutes. The liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate, sandwiched between the second substrates, and the sealing material was cured at 110° C. for 2 hours under normal pressure. Thereafter, a UV fluorescent lamp manufactured by Toshiba Lighting & Technology Co. was irradiated for 120 minutes (illuminance at 313 nm was 1.7 mW/cm 2 ) to obtain a liquid crystal display device having a cell gap of 3.5 μm.
 得られた液晶セルのVHRを測定した結果、いずれも特性が劣ることが確認された。 As a result of measuring VHR of the obtained liquid crystal cell, it was confirmed that the characteristics were inferior.

Claims (16)

  1.  対向に配置された第一の基板及び第二の基板と、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板との間に充填された液晶層と、ブラックマトリックス及び少なくともRGB三色画素部から構成されるカラーフィルタと、を有し、
    前記液晶層が一般式(I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表す。)で表される化合物を10~50重量%含有し、一般式(II)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、B及びCはそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい、1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を表し、m及びnはそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、m+n=1~4である。)で表される化合物を35~80重量%含有し、さらに、
    配向助剤を含有し、
    前記RGB三色画素部が、色材として、R画素部中にはジケトピロロピロール顔料及び油溶性赤色有機染料から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を含有し、G画素部中にはハロゲン化フタロシニアン顔料、フタロシアニン系緑色染料、フタロシアニン系青色染料とアゾ系黄色有機染料との混合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種を、B画素部中にはε型銅フタロシニアン顔料及びカチオン性青色有機染料から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を含有する、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板のうち少なくとも一方の基板表面に配向膜を備えておらず、液晶層に含まれる配向助剤又はそれらが重合した重合物から形成された配向制御層を有する液晶表示装置。
    It is composed of a first substrate and a second substrate arranged to face each other, a liquid crystal layer filled between the first substrate and the second substrate, a black matrix and at least an RGB three-color pixel portion. And a color filter,
    The liquid crystal layer has the general formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the formula, R 1 and R 2 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The compound represented by the general formula (II) is contained in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the formula, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. And Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and B and C may each independently be substituted with a fluorine atom, 1,4 A phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and m+n=1 to 4). % By weight,
    Contains an orientation aid,
    The RGB three-color pixel portion contains one or more selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments and oil-soluble red organic dyes in the R pixel portion as a coloring material, and the G pixel portion contains halogenated compounds. At least one selected from the group consisting of a phthalocyanine pigment, a phthalocyanine-based green dye, a mixture of a phthalocyanine-based blue dye and an azo-yellow organic dye, and selected in the B pixel portion from an ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment and a cationic blue organic dye. Which does not include an alignment film on the surface of at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate, and which contains one or more of Liquid crystal display device having an alignment control layer formed from the above polymer.
  2.  前記R画素部中のジケトピロロピロール顔料が、C.I.Pigment Red 254、同255、264、臭素化ジケトピロロピロール顔料、溶剤性赤色有機染料がC.I.Solvent Red 52、同111、同124、同135、同141、同145、同151、同179であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の液晶表示装置。 The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the R pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, and solvent-based red organic dye are C.I. I. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, which is Solvent Red 52, the same 111, the same 124, the same 135, the same 141, the same 145, the same 151, and the same 179.
  3.  前記G画素部中のハロゲン化フタロシニアン顔料が、C.I.Pigment Green 7、同36、同58、同59、同62、同63、フタロシアニン系緑色染料が、下記一般式(PIG-1)で表される染料、フタロシアニン系青色染料が、C.I.Solvent Blue 67、アゾ系黄色有機染料が、C.I.Solvent Yellow 162であることを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の液晶表示装置。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式中、一般式(PIG-1)において、X1i~X16iは、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子または一般式(PIG-2)、(PIG-3)、(PIG-4)、(PIG-5)を表す。ひとつのベンゼン環に結合した4個のXの原子は同一でも異なっていても良い。Mは中心金属で、Zn、Cu、Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Mn、Co、Ni、Pd、Pt、Sn、Fe、InCl、VClを表す。X17iは酸素、イオウ、スルホン(-SO-)を表す。X18iは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1から29のアルキル基、の炭素数2から20のアルケニル基、炭素数3から30のアルキニル基、炭素数3から30シクロアルキル基、3から30シクロアルケニル基、炭素数6から30のシクロアルキニル基、又は炭素数6から30アリール基を表す。kは1から5の整数を表す。
    The halogenated phthalocyanine pigment in the G pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, the same 36, the same 58, the same 59, the same 62, the same 63, a phthalocyanine green dye is a dye represented by the following general formula (PIG-1), and a phthalocyanine blue dye is C.I. I. Solvent Blue 67, an azo yellow organic dye is C.I. I. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the liquid crystal display device is Solvent Yellow 162.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the formula, in the general formula (PIG-1), X1i to X16i represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a general formula (PIG-2), (PIG-3), (PIG-4), (PIG-5) The four X atoms bonded to one benzene ring may be the same or different, M is a central metal, and Zn, Cu, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Mn, Co, Ni, Pd, Pt, Sn, Fe, InCl, and VCl, X17i represents oxygen, sulfur, and sulfone (-SO 2 -), X18i represents a hydrogen atom, and a carbon atom which may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 29 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and a cyclo having 6 to 30 carbon atoms It represents an alkynyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and k represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  4.  前記B画素部中のε型銅フタロシニアン顔料がC.I.Pigment 15:6、カチオン性青色有機染料が、下記一般式(PIG-6)、(PIG-7)で表される染料であることを特徴とする請求項1~3の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中、R1j~R6jは各々独立して水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基を表す。R1j~R6jが置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す場合、隣接するR1jとR2j、R3jとR4j、R5jとR6jが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。R7j及びX8jは各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~8のアルキル基を示す。Z1jは炭素数4~12のアルキル基、又は、-R7j-B1j-R8j-を表す。R7jおよびR8jは各々独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素数2~8のアルキル基を表す。[A]b-は任意のb価のアニオンを表す。、aは2以上の整数を表す。bは2以上の整数を表す)
    The ε-type copper phthalocyanine pigment in the B pixel portion is C.I. I. Pigment 15:6, the cationic blue organic dye is a dye represented by the following general formulas (PIG-6) and (PIG-7), wherein: Liquid crystal display device.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formula, R 1j to R 6j each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. When 1j to R 6j represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R 1j and R 2j , R 3j and R 4j , and R 5j and R 6j which are adjacent to each other may combine to form a ring structure. R 7j and X 8j each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, Z 1j represents an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, Or, represents —R 7j —B 1j —R 8j —, wherein R 7j and R 8j each independently represent an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and [A] b— is Represents an arbitrary b-valent anion, a represents an integer of 2 or more, and b represents an integer of 2 or more)
  5.  前記配向助剤が、メソゲン基、吸着基及び配向誘導基を有する請求項1~4の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the alignment aid has a mesogen group, an adsorption group, and an alignment induction group.
  6.  前記吸着基が水素結合により吸着媒と結合可能な基である請求項5に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to claim 5, wherein the adsorptive group is a group capable of being bonded to an adsorbent by a hydrogen bond.
  7.  前記吸着基がN、O、S、P、B及びSiからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のヘテロ原子と炭素原子とが連結した原子団を有する極性要素を含む基である請求項5~6の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 6. The adsorbing group is a group containing a polar element having an atomic group in which a carbon atom is linked to at least one hetero atom selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, P, B and Si. 6. The liquid crystal display device according to any one of 6.
  8.  前記吸着基が一般式(AT)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     (式中、SpAT1は、単結合、炭素原子数1~25個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、前記アルキレン基中の水素原子は-OH、-CN、-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SpAP1-に置換されてもよく、前記アルキレン基中の-CH-は酸素原子が直接結合しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-に置換されてもよく、
    AT1は、単結合又は一般式(WAT1)又は(WAT2)を表し、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式中、SpWAT1及びSpWAT2はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~25個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、前記アルキレン基中の水素原子は-OH、-CN、-SpAT1-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SAP1-に置換されてもよく、前記アルキレン基中の-CH-は酸素原子が直接結合しないように環式基、-O-、-COO-、-C(=O)-、-OCO-、-CH=CH-に置換されてもよい。)
    AT1は、極性要素を含む1価の基を表し、ZAT1中の水素原子は-OH、-CN、-SpAT1-WAT1-ZAT1又はPAP1-SAP1-に置換されてもよく、
    AP1-SpAP1-は重合性基を表す。)
    で表される請求項5~7の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    The adsorption group is represented by the general formula (AT)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the formula, Sp AT1 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group is —OH, —CN, —W AT1 —Z It may be substituted with AT1 or P AP1 —Sp AP1 —, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is a cyclic group, —O—, —COO—, —C(═O so that an oxygen atom is not directly bonded. )-, -OCO-, -CH=CH-,
    W AT1 represents a single bond or a general formula (WAT1) or (WAT2),
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the formula, Sp WAT1 and Sp WAT2 each independently represent a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group is —OH, — CN, —Sp AT1 —W AT1 —Z AT1 or P AP1 —S AP1 — may be substituted, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is a cyclic group, —O— so that an oxygen atom is not directly bonded. , -COO-, -C(=O)-, -OCO-, -CH=CH-.)
    Z AT1 represents a monovalent group containing a polar component, a hydrogen atom in Z AT1 is -OH, -CN, -Sp AT1 -W AT1 -Z AT1 or P AP1 -S AP1 - may be substituted by ,
    P AP1- Sp AP1- represents a polymerizable group. )
    The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 5 to 7, represented by:
  9.  前記メソゲン基が一般式(AL)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式中、ZAL1は、単結合、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH-CHCOO-、-OCOCH-CH-、-CH=C(CH)COO-、-OCOC(CH)=CH-、-CH-CH(CH)COO-、-OCOCH(CH)-CH-、-OCHCHO-又は炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表し、このアルキレン基中の1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよく、
    AL1及びAAL2はそれぞれ独立して、2価の環式基を表し、
    AL及びAAL中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲノ基、吸着基、Pal-Spal-又は1価の有機基で置換されていてもよく、
     なお、分子内にZAL1及びAAL1が複数存在する場合に、それぞれ互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
    AL1は、1~5の整数を表し、
    al-Spal-は重合性基を表し、
    上記式中の左端の*及び右端の*は結合手を表す。)で表される請求項5~8の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。
    The mesogenic group has the general formula (AL)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In the formula, Z AL1 is a single bond, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH —, —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )COO—, —OCOCH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —OCH 2 CH 2 O— or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, One or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    A AL1 and A AL2 each independently represent a divalent cyclic group,
    One or more hydrogen atoms in Z AL and A AL may be independently substituted with a halogeno group, an adsorption group, P al —Sp al — or a monovalent organic group,
    In addition, when a plurality of Z AL1 and A AL1 are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different from each other,
    m AL1 represents an integer of 1 to 5,
    P al —Sp al — represents a polymerizable group,
    The * at the left end and the * at the right end in the above formula represent a bond. 9. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 5, which is represented by
  10.  前記配向誘導基が直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表し、当該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は酸素原子が直接結合することなく、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、当該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲノ基に置換していてもよい請求項5~9の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The orientation-inducing group represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and 1 or 2 or more —CH 2 — in the alkyl group is not directly bonded to an oxygen atom, Each of them may be independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, and 1 or 2 of the alkyl group. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 5, wherein each of the above hydrogen atoms may be independently substituted with a halogeno group.
  11.  前記配向助剤が、重合するための重合性基を有する請求項5~10の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 11. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 5, wherein the alignment aid has a polymerizable group for polymerization.
  12.  前記重合性基がPAP1-SpAP1-で表される基であり、PAP1が、以下の一般式(AP-1)~一般式(AP-9)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式中、RAP1及びRAP2はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~10のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の-CH-は-O-又は-CO-により置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子又は水酸基に置換されていてもよく、WAP1は単結合、-O-、-COO-又は-CH-を表し、tAP1は、0、1又は2を表す。)
    で表される請求項11に記載の液晶表示装置。
    The polymerizable group P AP1 -Sp AP1 - a group represented by, P AP1 is the following general formula (AP1) ~ formula (AP-9)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the formula, R AP1 and R AP2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and one of the alkyl groups or Two or more —CH 2 — may be substituted by —O— or —CO—, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are independently substituted by a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group. W AP1 represents a single bond, —O—, —COO— or —CH 2 —, and t AP1 represents 0, 1 or 2.
    The liquid crystal display device according to claim 11, represented by:
  13.  前記液晶層を構成する液晶組成物が前記一般式(II)で表される化合物として、一般式(II-1)で表される化合物を含有する請求項1~12の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Zは単結合、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-又は-CFO-を表し、m1は0又は1を表す。)
    13. The liquid crystal composition forming the liquid crystal layer contains a compound represented by the general formula (II-1) as the compound represented by the general formula (II). Liquid crystal display device.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In the formula, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents an alkenyloxy group of, Z 5 is a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH. 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, and m1 represents 0 or 1.)
  14.  前記液晶層を構成する液晶組成物が、更に一般式(III)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、D、E及びFはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素置換されていてもよい1,4-フェニレン基又はトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレンを表し、Zは単結合、-OCH-、-OCO-、-CHO-又は-COO-を表し、nは0、1又は2を表す。ただし、一般式(I)、一般式(II-1)で表される化合物を除く。)で表される化合物を含有する請求項13の何れか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    The liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer further has the general formula (III)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (In the formula, R 7 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. 8 is an alkenyloxy group, D, E and F are each independently a fluorine-substituted 1,4-phenylene group or trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, Z 2 is a single bond, Represents —OCH 2 —, —OCO—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—, and n represents 0, 1 or 2. However, it is represented by formula (I) or formula (II-1). The liquid crystal display device according to claim 13, further comprising a compound represented by the formula (excluding compounds).
  15. 前記配向制御層が重合性基を有する配向助剤が重合した重合物から形成された配向制御層である請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 15. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, wherein the alignment control layer is an alignment control layer formed from a polymer obtained by polymerizing an alignment aid having a polymerizable group.
  16.  前記液晶層が下記一般式(P)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
     (式(P)中、Rp1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基又は-Spp2-Pp2を表す。ただし、アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接しない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されてもよい。また、アルキル基中に存在する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されてもよい。
     Pp1及びPp2は、それぞれ独立して、下記一般式(Pp1-1)~式(Pp1-9)のいずれかを表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
     (式中、Rp11及びRp12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~5のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Wp11は、単結合、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、又は-CH-を表し、tp11は、0、1又は2を表すが、分子内にRp11、Rp12、Wp11及び/又はtp11が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なってもよい。)
     Spp1及びSpp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合又はスペーサ基を表す。
     Zp1及びZp2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NRZP1-、-NRZP1-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-CH=CRZP1-COO-、-CH=CRZP1-OCO-、-COO-CRZP1=CH-、-OCO-CRZP1=CH-、-COO-CRZP1=CH-COO-、-COO-CRZP1=CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRZP1=CH-COO-、-OCO-CRZP1=CH-OCO-、-(CH-COO-、-(CH-OCO-、-OCO-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-(式中、RZP1は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表すが、分子内にRZP1が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なってもよい。)を表す。
     Ap1、Ap2及びAp3は、それぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、-O-で置換されてもよい。)
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)及び
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、ナフタレン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-1,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基又はアントラセン-2,6-ジイル基(これらの基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は、-N=で置換されてもよい。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基(前記基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)は、それぞれ独立して、この基中に存在する水素原子が、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルケニル基、シアノ基又は-Spp2-Pp2で置換されてもよい。)を表す。
     mp1は、0、1、2又は3を表す。
     分子内にZp1、Ap2、Spp2及び/又はPp2が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なってもよい。ただし、Ap3は、mp1が0で、Ap1が基(c)で表される基である場合、単結合であっても良い。
     なお、重合性化合物からは、配向助剤を除く。)
    で表される重合性化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する液晶組成物を重合してなる重合体により構成される請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
    The liquid crystal layer has the following general formula (P)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (In the formula (P), R p1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or —Sp p2 —P p2 . Two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be independently substituted with —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—. Further, one or more hydrogen atoms present in the alkyl group may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
    P p1 and P p2 each independently represent one of the following general formulas (P p1 -1) to formula (P p1 -9).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (In the formula, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, Represents —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, or —CH 2 —, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2, but R p11 , R p12 , W p11 and/or t p11 are in the molecule. When there are a plurality of them, they may be the same or different.)
    Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group.
    Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCOO—, —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —CO—NR ZP1 —, —NR ZP1 —CO—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S -, - CH = CR ZP1 -COO -, - CH = CR ZP1 -OCO -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH-OCO -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-OCO -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO -, - OCO- (CH 2) 2 -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - CF = CH -, - CH = CF —, —CF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— (wherein R ZP1 Each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, but when a plurality of R ZP1's are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different.
    A p1 , A p2 and A p3 are each independently
    (A p )1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in this group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other may be substituted with —O—. )
    (B p ) 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or two or more —CH═ which are not adjacent to each other may be substituted with —N═) and ( c p) naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, a naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-1,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydro Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or anthracene-2,6-diyl group (one --CH= present in these groups or two or more non-adjacent --) CH= may be substituted with -N=.)
    Group selected from the group consisting of (said group (a p), group (b p) and group (c p) are each independently hydrogen atoms present in this group, a halogen atom, carbon atom 1 Represents an alkyl group having 8 to 8 or an alkenyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or -Sp p2- P p2 ).
    m p1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
    When multiple Z p1 , A p2 , Sp p2 and/or P p2 are present in the molecule, they may be the same or different. However, A p3 is the m p1 is 0, is a group A p1 is represented by group (c p), may be a single bond.
    Note that the alignment aid is excluded from the polymerizable compound. )
    16. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, which is composed of a polymer obtained by polymerizing a liquid crystal composition containing one kind or two or more kinds of the polymerizable compound represented by.
PCT/JP2019/046532 2018-12-11 2019-11-28 Liquid crystal display device WO2020121822A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980066174.9A CN112823309A (en) 2018-12-11 2019-11-28 Liquid crystal display device having a plurality of pixel electrodes
JP2020533858A JPWO2020121822A1 (en) 2018-12-11 2019-11-28 Liquid crystal display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018231623 2018-12-11
JP2018-231623 2018-12-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020121822A1 true WO2020121822A1 (en) 2020-06-18

Family

ID=71075993

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/046532 WO2020121822A1 (en) 2018-12-11 2019-11-28 Liquid crystal display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2020121822A1 (en)
CN (1) CN112823309A (en)
TW (1) TW202035659A (en)
WO (1) WO2020121822A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120038862A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-16 Au Optronics Corporation Liquid crystal display panel and color filter substrate
WO2018105439A1 (en) * 2016-12-05 2018-06-14 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6321902B2 (en) * 2012-03-28 2018-05-09 大日本印刷株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP6291724B2 (en) * 2012-05-24 2018-03-14 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display
TWI447210B (en) * 2012-07-25 2014-08-01 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Liquid crystal display device
TWI597330B (en) * 2012-08-24 2017-09-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Compound for dye
CN105026962B (en) * 2013-01-25 2018-05-04 凸版印刷株式会社 The manufacture method of filter substrate, liquid crystal display device and filter substrate

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120038862A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-16 Au Optronics Corporation Liquid crystal display panel and color filter substrate
WO2018105439A1 (en) * 2016-12-05 2018-06-14 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020121822A1 (en) 2021-02-15
CN112823309A (en) 2021-05-18
TW202035659A (en) 2020-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101402036B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
EP2696236B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
EP2759869B1 (en) Lcd device
JP5273494B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5321932B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
EP2930554B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
KR101522950B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
KR101499149B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
WO2014192079A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
KR101495128B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5299588B1 (en) Liquid crystal display
WO2014203325A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
WO2020121822A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP6291724B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
WO2014141438A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
WO2014064767A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI439538B (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP2020204726A (en) Liquid crystal display element
TWI502056B (en) Liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020533858

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19897009

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19897009

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1